Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
PTS-11CM010
(FINAL)
FOR
REVISIONS
DltAWNBY:
DAm: ./
CRK'DBY: ...;..I_-t
PTS-11 CM01 0
DATE: 08.]0.20]]
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 1
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
B TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
I INTRODUCTION
I 1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PROJECT SUMMARY
5
5
5
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 2
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Cont'd.)
SECTION PAGE
IV DESIGN CRITERIA
5.01 GENERAL 75
5.02 SUBSTATION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 75
DATE: 08.18.2011 5.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING SYSTEM 78
5.04 METERING SYSTEM 88
5.05 ALARM AND ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 89
THIS ORAWING IS NOT 5.06 ELECTRICAL EQUPT. INTERLOCKING SYSTEM 89
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUcnON OR 5.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL ACQUISITION (SCADA) 90
CERTIFIED AND DATED
5.08 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK 90
5.09 FIRE DETECTION/ALARM AND FIRE 90
[PTS 11CM01 o-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 3
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
PROTECTION SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Cont'd.)
I VI COMMISSIONING TESTS
6.01
6.02
GENERAL
SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT
91
92
6.03 SCADA EQUIPMENT 92
REVISIONS
APPENDICES
DRAWN BY;
CHK'DBY; / DRAWINGS
APPENDIX- II MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES
APPENDIX- III TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
APPENDIX- IV BID STANDARD FORMAT
APPENDIX- V OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
APPENDIX-VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
(NOT APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-VII PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-VIII CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL SCOPE OF WORKS
APPENDIX-IX SCADA REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-X TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-XI CATERING AND ACCOMMODATION REQUIREMENTS (NOT
APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-XII FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS (NOT APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-XIII SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
BY:
EXHIBIT-) COMPANY FORM NO: 16511 (2110)
DATE: 08.10.2011
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 4
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
-r---------------------------
SECTION I - INTRODUCTION
1.01 GENERAL
DATE:
CHK'DBY:
The subject project aims the installation of 5MVAr, 10MVAr, 15MVAr at 33kV and
, 5MVAr at 13.8kV, Shunt Capacitor Banks as specified in this Scope of Work and
Technical Specification at 8901,8902,8903,8904,8911,8914,8915,8918,8922,
8077, 7782 & 7780.
The CONTRACTOR shall perform on LSTK basis, the design, engineering, material
procurement, quality management, factory inspection/testing, transport and delivery
to site, construction, testing and commissioning and all associated work and
services until final handing over of the proposed expansion WORK in a fully
functional and operating condition to the COMPANY as specified in this Scope of
WORK and Technical Specifications.
DATE: 08.tfUOtl
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKJ
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 5
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDIARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. All components and accessories required for the completion and successful
operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT, either specified
C. The drawings enclosed with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications are
conceptual and for the information of the CONTRACTOR only. The CONTRACTOR
should read these drawings in conjunction with this Scope of work and Technical
Specifications. The successful CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed design
drawings for construction purposes.
BY'C
DATE: 08.10.2011
E. The specifications of equipment and materials specified herein are to be considered
as the minimum requirements, and the bidders shall carry out their own basic and
detailed design necessary for their proposed specifications.
The base design shall be finalized at base design review meeting based on the
mrs DRAWING rs NOT guideline draWings issued hereof, manufacturer's drawings, calculations and data
TO BE USED FOR sheets, and detailed design shall be finalized based on the base design review and
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING other required information.
MATERIAI.S UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DAlEO
All documents, drawings data and instruction books to be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR shall be written in English language and Metric Unit system.
[PTS- 11CM01D-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 6
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
F. The submission of final detail drawings shall be progressive and phased out to give
sufficient review time to COMPANY.
G. COMPANY's acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's design does not relieve him of any
part of his obligations to meet all the requirements of the CONTRACT nor the
I responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction drawings of the
PROJECT.
H. All WORK, including services for the test and inspections required by the COMPANY
and demonstrations, if any, for familiarization of operation, maintenance &
commissioning of new type of switchgear, relays, meters, etc. to the COMPANY
personnel by the manufacturer's representative shall be arranged/done by the
CONTRACTOR at site.
REVISIONS
n The CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY review and approval, the
DlU.WNBY:
J; demonstration package proposed by him giVing the detail/list of eqUipment and
DA.TE:
devices that will be demonstrated.
ClIK'DBY: I
I. The CONTRACTOR's organizational chart shall be prepared as specified in
Instruction to Bidders on Technical Proposal.
J. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the operational spare parts listed in Appendix-V of
PTS and Pricing Attachment 'VI' to Schedule 'C' of this Contract. However,
CONTRACTOR shall finalize the operational spare parts based on the make and
model of the equipment approved during the implementation of the Contract as per
Clause 6.2 of Schedule 'A' - General Terms and Conditions of the Contract.
A. The base design phase of the PROJECT is a 10-12 week period of preliminary
engineering following the kick-off meeting. The purpose of the base design phase is
to completely define the PROJECT in enough details to ensure that the COMPANY
DATE: 08.10.20]]
that all requirements are being met. Information developed during the base design
shall be used as a guide throughout the PROJECT and shall be considered binding
on both parties, unless operational difficulties or design flaws observed during
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
detailed design review are noted and mandate change. All base design drawings
TO BE USED FOR shall be stamped as "Base Design DraWing."
CONSTRUCI'lON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED Coordination meetings will be conducted with the CONTRACTOR's Design team on
regular basis until the design is complete.
[PTS- 11CM01Q-MZKI
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 7
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit eight (8) sets of the base design document at least
four (4) weeks ahead of the base design review meeting which shall include, but not
limited to the following:
I 2. Design Calculations, Design Drawings and other documents per Section 3.11.
C. The base design submittal shall be submitted fully complete, containing drawings
and calculations of all discipline as stated. Partial submittals or packages are
REVISIONS
unacceptable and will be rejected. Base design shall include drawings required to
define the project. Additional drawings if provided will not be reviewed during the
DRAWNBV: -,F-;}---t
base design phase.
DATE, ~
CHK'OB"f--
J
1_-1 2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW
After completing the Base Design, the CONTRACTOR shall present the Base
Design Package for technical review along with the Drawing Control Sheet.
CONTRACTOR's Project Manager, Project Engineer and the Design/Construction
Engineer in each field of specification shall attend the presentation meeting. During
this meeting, the COMPANY's comments on the base design package will be
reviewed and discussed in detail to finalize the base design for the PROJECT.
Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR to be concurred by
the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
CONTRACTOR may initiate the material procurement WORK during the base
design phase of the PROJECT but the final approval of the material shall be done
only after consideration of comments generated during Base Design Phase and
resolution of comments during the Base Design Review meeting.
GI!IIIIIll! A. General
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all drawings required for this PROJECT
covering all the substations involved in accordance with the requirements of
DATE: 08.10.2011
the COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standards (SEEDS-II,
Rev.01).
[PTS-11CM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 8
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3. The existing system drawings of the source substation are generally available
with the COMPANY in digital or tiff format except in certain cases where it is in
the form of hard copies. Copies of existing available drawings shall be provided
CUK'DBY, 'f----1
J 5. The drawing to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the following
standard size in accordance SEEDS-II, Rev,01 and in separate folder for each
Substation:
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 9
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
d. The existing drawings are listed in the drawing control sheet(s) for the
i substation and covered in more than one (1) drawing control sheet for
each of the affected existing substations. The CONTRACTOR shall
review/study these various by drawing control sheets and drawing,
identify the supersededllatest drawings and if necessary carry out field
verification to ascertain the correctness of the existing drawings. Only the
appropriate/ correct drawings shall be used for developing the drawings
for modification WORK, While modifying any existing drawing sheet, the
sheet will be submitted in duplicate, one marked as existing and the other
REVISIONS
marked as 'modified'.
DRAWNBY:
e. All the existing drawing control sheets shall be revised to reflect the new
CHI('DBY:
revision numbers of existing drawings revised and to identify the
I superseded drawings. In addition, a prominent note shall be put on the
revised existing drawing control sheet (s) to indicate the new drawing
control sheet number, if a new drawing control sheet was developed.
(e.g. " See Drawing Control Sheet No. CT-904240 for list of drawings
developed for C. N. # xxxxxxxxx for )
b. The CONTRACTOR shall produce new and/or revise the SEC standard
size (28" x 20") SCADA drawings and Handover Book Sheets (8%" x 11")
and submit to SEC for review and approval, prior to field installation of the
RTU as applicable.
This is a simplified one-line diagram for the station showing each piece of
equipment connected to the SCADA system. Details of this drawing
BY:
include the following:
DATE, _==---1
08.10.2011
[PTS 11CM01O-MZKI
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 10
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
This list shall consist of all SCADA points that are grouped according
to type (Le. Analog, Status, Control, etc). Typical fields are Absolute
Point Number, Relative Point Number, Point Description, Scale
REVISIONS Factor, Closed Contact State Description, and IFC Point Marking.
CHK'DBY: l{
f-----1 This sheet is a summary of the number, type, and address of
configured input/output controllers, RTU address, point group
address, communication and loop back settings information.
c. Sample drawings and Handover Book Sheets are available from SEC upon
request.
All drawings shall be titled to explain the full function of the circuits represented
on that drawing including station and equipment names. Drawings shall be
designed and produced in order to maximize ease of maintenance and
c:2J>
BY:
installation. Each drawing shall have a legend included explaining the functions
of all devices on that drawing. All equipment shall be labeled and identified on
DA'm 08.10.2011
the diagrams as per the designations assigned by the COMPANY. All drawing
formats must be approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
b. Wiring Diagrams
Wiring diagrams shall be produced for all panels and equipment. Panel
wiring diagrams shall be arranged such that they represent a working view
of the panel wiring with terminal blocks and devices arranged on the
drawing as they exist in the panels, When possible, it is required to have
I only one (1) drawing per panel. If it is impossible to include all devices on
one (1) drawing, the panel drawing shall be subdivided into sections
(vertically or horizontally), making a mosaic of drawings physically
representing the panel arrangement.
c. Schematic Diagrams
All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TES-P-
REVISIONS
119.33 and Appendix-VII.
DRAWNBY:
DATE:
y B. Vendor Drawings
CBJ<'DBY, -,,;,'_--1
y
1, CONTRACTOR shall prepare all vendor drawings in Microstation VB or above
version software in accordance with SEEDS-II and submit to the COMPANY
order and shall be specified by the CONTRACTOR.
4, All vendor drawings shall be subject to review and approval by the COMPANY
at various stages (bid/base design/detail design/construction) of the
CONTRACT.
Note: All vendor drawings shall be consistent with main drawings in all respects and
the vendor drawings shall clearly indicate all inter references with main
drawings and all other vendor drawings as applicable.
DATE: 01l.l0.2011
c. Base Design Drawings
The CONTRACTOR shall submit base design drawings to the COMPANY with his
Base Design Package per Section 3.11.
THIS ORA WING IS NOT
TO BE USED ~R D. Final Detail Design/Construction Drawings
CONSTRUCl'JON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED The CONTRACTOR shall submit point wise compliance statement to COMPANY's
comments and shall obtain approval for all final detail design drawings after
incorporating COMPANY comments. All details design drawings shall be stamped as
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 12
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
"Detail Design Drawings". After receiving the approval, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the COMPANY eight (8) complete sets of all interconnected drawings
issued for construction in one (1) submittal. These drawings shall be submitted to
the COMPANY to be stamped as "Noted By" before they are stamped and issued
to CONTRACTOR'S construction team as "Issued For Construction", but in no case
less than fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction activity.
i No WORK shall be started at site unless all interconnected drawings for a particular
WORK has been fUlly reviewed and agreed upon by the COMPANY and final
construction drawings are available at WORK SITE and with the COMPANY.
A composite list of drawings the CONTRACTOR shall provide as a minimum for this
PROJECT is given in Section 3.11.
REVISIONS
Final detailed design drawings shall be submitted fully complete, by discipline
representing fUlly the part of the PROJECT to be constructed and all the related
DRAWN BY, -tn~----t
drawings. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be rejected.
OAT>:, ...t.&:~--1
QIK'DBY:
E. As-Built Drawings
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
-
-
One (1) set shall be retained by the COMPANY at the substation.
One (1) set shall be submitted to the COMPANY.
- One (1) set shall be used for "As-Built" by CONTRACTOR's Engineering
and Design Consultants which shall be included in the final submittal.
4. One (1) sample of original (digital Microstation *.DGN format) and five (5)
REVISIONS
check prints from different "As-Built" engineering drawings shall be submitted
to the COMPANY to verify the quality of digital Microstation *.DGN format and
D.R.AWNBY:
whether the correct drafting procedure is adopted, one (1) month before initial
DATE:
CBK'DBY:
submission of "As-Built" drawings. Before submitting the final "As-Built"
drawings, on sample drawing shall be submitted and got approved.
BY:
~ 2. Procurement/Manufacture/Fabrication Inspection and Delivery of Materials!
EqUipment.
IMTE: 08.10.2011
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 14
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I 3.
4.
Statement of items to be worked on and/or completed during the following
period.
C'BK'DBY:
PROJECT computer software. All PROJECT schedules shall be submitted in CD.
v
D. Weekly Progress Meeting shall be conducted between the COMPANY and the
- CONTRACTOR during the entire CONTRACT duration of the PROJECT. Other
coordination and interface meetings will be conducted, as required. The
CONTRACTOR shall prepare the minutes of all meetings. The initial draft shall be
submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review
and concurrence. The CONTRACTOR shall then incorporate the required
corrections and submit to the COMPANY one (1) original and two (2) copies after
they are duly signed by the authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR. The
COMPANY shall sign one (1) copy in acceptance and furnish it to the
CONTRACTOR and retain the original.
A. Quality Management
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 15
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall set out the specific quality
procedures and practices, resources, and all activities (in sequence) relevant
to this PROJECT. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall address
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 16
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
Jo...- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c. Procurement Control
n
d. Quality Audit
DRAWNBY:
e. Non-Conformance Control
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 17
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
r-.
CONTRACTOR shall develop Non-Conformance Report (NCR) form and
DRAWNBY:
submit it to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTOR's
DATE: I QAlQC engineers/inspectors shall have the freedom to issue NCRs,
CHI'Day: 1
verify implementation of corrective actions and prevent use of non-
conforming items until the deficiency has been satisfactorily resolved.
CONTRACTOR's Chief QAlQC engineer shall submit bi-weekly site
QAlQC reports to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE about non-
compliances.
f. Corrective Action
g. Quality Records
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAlL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 18
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
All measuring and testing equipment and devices which can affect the
quality of construction shall be controlled and maintained.
CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement a documented calibration
control program indicating equipment calibration schedule and identifying
those who are responsible for control of the equipment. CONTRACTOR
shall ensure that only properly identified and calibrated measuring and
testing equipment are used in the PROJECT. Equipment calibration
certificates shall be handed over to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE prior
to the commencement of related jobs.
i. Document Control
REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a documented control
/) program for the review, approval, revision and distribution of documents
DRAWN IV:
,,/ for the activities affecting quality. Responsible personnel for revision,
DATE:
issuance and approval of documents shall be identified. Contractor shall
CIIK'DBY: I
ensure that all pertinent and current issues of appropriate documents are
available at locations where they are essential and obsolete or
superseded documents are promptly removed. CONTRACTOR shall list
all the documents that have to be controlled and shall include PROJECT
Quality Plan/Quality Program, Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test
Plan, construction and design drawings, calculations, correspondence,
inspection and test reports, field inspection checklist, etc.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 19
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
J -----
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I c.
signature of the responsible person(s).
CONTRACTOR shall conduct inspection and testing activities at all phases and
quality audit at appropriate stages of the PROJECT construction/installation.
CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors shall develop and use field
inspection checklist to facilitate checking of a process, actiVity, material or
equipment. The field inspection checklist shall state the characteristic to be
verified, inspection method, acceptance criteria and clause reference of the
applicable standard or specification. The checklist shall have provision for
writing the result of inspection, date of inspection and name and signature of
the QNQC engineer/inspector. Such activities where inspection checklists are
required shall include but not necessarily limited to all pre-commissioning and
commissioning checks and tests, material/equipment receiving inspection,
concrete pre-pour inspection, asphalting, hydrostatic testing, pressure testing
of equipment and lines and air balancing and leak testing of HVAC system. All
inspection and testing results shall be reviewed, safely stored and maintained
by the CONTRACTOR. Typical checklist shall be provided to the COMPANY
for review and comment.
CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement the use of inspection logbook for
use by the CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors in recording their
comments and observations as a result of their inspection. CONTRACTOR's
personnel responsible for rectifying any observed deficiency or non-
conformance shall also write their reply in the logbook stating the actions taken
to correct the deficiency. CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors shall
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR ensure that all unsatisfactory observations on an item are cleared before any
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR OIlDElUNG activity proceeds to the succeeding stage of that item.
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
[PTS- 11CM01D-MZKJ
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 20
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I
LV Panels (LV Relay & Control Panel, Main AC & DC Distribution Boards)
Switehgears (MV Air/SF6 Metal-Clad SWitchgears)
All insulators used in COMPANY system.
Conductor Accessories (include Jumper Terminals)
MV and HV Power Cables (all voltages and types)
Controls & Instrumentation Cables (all types)
REVISIONS Splice & Termination Kits for all MVand HV Power Cables
Surge Arresters
DRAWNBY: n 33kV and 13.8kV Capacitor Banks
DAn;, ~~T----1 De-Tuning Reactors
CllK'DBY'f- /---1 33kV and 13.8kV Current Transformers
J
33kVand 13.8kV Voltage Transformers
The quality activities including but not necessarily limited to inspection and
testing, for the materiaVequipment shall be planned and documented in the
form of a Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan. The Quality Control
Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall be submitted to the COMPANY together
with the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 21
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
J~ --
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3. The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall indicate the scheduled
dates of testing and inspection at the designated location.
D. Manufacturers/Suppliers
i 1.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall procure all major material items for the PROJECT from
COMPANY qualified and approved sources.
DATE: J
CHK'DBY: I E. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s)
[Independent Inspection Agency]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 22
C494 A OF 0
l1CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
Ji- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~.;J.l1 ~ e.) - "t,.Jf5.U ~J.,......JI ~.;J.l1
i d.
e.
Place and date of inspection, scope of inspection.
CHK'DBY;
I material/equipment. Witnessed tests and reviewed test data shall be
J clearly identified in the inspection reports.
DATE: 08.1O.:!On
f. COMPANY approved test program, manufacturing quality control plan or
inspection and test plan.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
4. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all inspection and surveillance reports and
any other requirements are satisfactorily completed before requesting the
COMPANY to approve the "Release for Shipment Certificate."
G. Receipt Inspection
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 24
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CIIK'DBY: /
1. COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will conduct routine and/or periodic inspection
of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE to inspect the WORK and witness the tests.
BY:
DATE:
n. 08.10.2011
REPRESENTATIVE outside of the regular COMPANY working hours shall
have prior approval from the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
1/ COMPANY reserves the right to require certificates and data from the
DATE:
supplier/manufacturer on any pertinent aspect of the manufacturing process,
CIIl<'D BY, .-FJ-+_-t
J including but not limited to, mill test reports, heat treatment certificates, welders
and welding procedure qualification records, non-destructive examination
records, test records and quality control manual that will form part of the non-
material requirement that shall be shipped to COMPANY as a document
package".
K. Additional Requirements
The final COMPANY approved protection and control drawings with latest revision
numbers shall be the only drawings used by the independent inspection agency for
testing and acceptance of protection and control equipment. The acceptance criteria
shall include individual device testing and complete functional and point to point
wiring check of the panels in conjunction with the composite AC and DC schematics
and the rear view panel wiring diagrams. Each check shall refer to specific drawing
and revision number. This shall be implemented immediately after base design
meeting.
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PT5- 26
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. Four (4) complete sets of fUlly revised manuals (original and no photocopies)
incorporating the COMPANY's comments to the fUll satisfaction of the
COMPANY before technical completion of the PROJECT.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data manuals for the substation
equipment, protection relays and underground cable system installed under the
scope of this PROJECT as indicated in the attached Appendix III.
B. The manuals binders shall have COMPANY logo, binder number and PROJECT
title, and CONTRACT Number on the front cover.
BY,
DATE:
C2- 08.10.2011
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a "Test Record Book" which shall include the
following:
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 27
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
@ d. Test Results
is
e. Conclusions and Recommendations
f. Appendix, including test forms
B. Each test form where applicable shall include a column quoting the acceptable
maximum and minimum limits of the test in terms of voltage, current, frequency,
time, etc., and include "As Found" and "As Leff' values.
C. Four (4) copies of the "Test Record Book" are to be submitted within thirty (30) days
after commissioning the PROJECT.
REVISIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tag to each and every individual equipment
including independent components to be installed under this CONTRACT which
DRAWN BY: have a material value of Five Thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000), or more. The
DATE: CONTRACTOR shall install Plant Tags adjacent to the Manufacturer's Data Plate or
CHK'DBY: at any other place approved by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The
J
CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tags by bolts and nuts, or rivets or welds, or
adhesives, as instructed in writing by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE,
depending on the type of equipment to be tagged. The CONTRACTOR shall
complete Plant Tagging before Technical completion.
B. At least sixty (60) days before completion of the installation of all equipment covered
under this CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY a list of all
equipment and independent components to be tagged, using the format of
COMPANY Form No. 16511 (2/10) Exhibit - I to the Job Specifications. Based on
this list, COMPANY shall assign Plant Tag Number to each item and
CONTRACTOR shall install the Plant Tags in accordance with this list. COMPANY
will, within one (1) month from the date of receipt of the list, issue to CONTRACTOR
the Plant Tags together with the list showing assigned Plant Tag Numbers. The
actual schedule shall be worked out with COMPANY's OAC-ElMAD.
DATE, tIII.10.201I Contractor shall provide necessary office arrangements for SEC personaVCompany
consultants in the Contractor's temporary site office.
[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 28
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACTOR's Name
]IV; ,~
~ ,
Title of Submittal
PROJECT Title and Location
DATE: 011.10.2011
CONTRACT Number
COMPANY's Name
Date of revision
THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE
CONSTRUCI10N
USED
OR
~R b. Table of Contents
FOR ORDERING
MATERJALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED c. CONTRACTOR's COMPANY Safety Policy Statement complete with
signature over printed name and title of CONTRACTOR's Management
REPRESENTATIVE.
[PTS- 11CM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
d. Specific program items (suitable for the SOW) that the CONTRACTOR
proposes to implement during the CONTRACT execution.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and use adequate and suitable safety/
warning signs, cordon tapes, portable barricades, warning lights and personnel
protective equipment at the JOBSITE to protect the safety of COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR personnel and the public, and to prevent damage to property.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 30
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
Ul--- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
11. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, 10 cards for his
employees and stickers for his vehicles/equipment prior to mobilization to site.
I following:
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 31
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) of chemicals required or which are to be
used in the execution of the PROJECT.
F. For double circuit transmission line, CONTRACTOR shall retrofit the OPGW/OGW
while the line circuit on the other side of the tower is energized.
G. Whenever outages become very critical or impossible then contractor shall consider
hot work, all plans for hot work should be discussed and approved by the company
representatives. For critical line outages, CONTRACTOR may have to deploy at
least two working teams to start from both ends of the line.
BY:
i~~ H. No unplanned outages/disruption of COMPANY'S equipment or systems shall be
DATE: 08.10.2011
allowed to support the CONTRACTOR'S installation of any new equipment, or
CONTRACTOR'S movement/relocation of existing equipment at any site.
I. All outages shall be scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance. Any requested
THIS ORAWING IS NOT outage must be approved by the COMPANY at least two (2) working weeks before
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR actual WORK is carried out.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
J. Prior to removal of existing protection panels and installing new protection panels,
laying of cables, testing of protective relays on the new panels and any other works,
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 32
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
U v-'
.. ~.t1 ~l t.J! _ l'u.C.Jt-
. <It"-.,...,.,..-
. _ ...1\ ~ .'.1\
v-
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
which do not require shutdown shall be carried out to minimize the outage to a bare
minimum. During the outage only relay settings, functional tests and end-to-end trip
tests shall be carried out. Testing of new panels shall be done after installation at the
final location.
I During the construction phase of the Project, the Contractor shall work in the normal
working hours of the Company, l.e. 7:00AM to 3:00 PM unless otherwise instructed
by the Company. However for the work requiring outages, the Contractor shall be
prepared to work during low load season on weekends or nights, when outages are
feasible. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Company to get work permit
before commencing the job.
REVISIONS
2.16 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
DRAWNB'. -+11+---i
For Training requirements refer to Appendix - X
DATE:~
Y---t
QIK'DBY, 'I---t
I
END OF SECTION - II
DAn: 08.10.20]]
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 33
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.01 GENERAL
A CONTRACTOR shall provide 33kV and 13.8kV Shunt Capacitor Banks at the
respective substations mentioned in this SOW consisting of but not limited to the
B. The Bidder/CONTRACTOR shall visit the sites and make aware of the details of the
existing system/facilities. The modification WORK at the associated substations
shall be compatible with the existing system.
REVISIONS
C. The CONTRACTOR shall relocate the existing facilities as required for making
DIlAWNBYl space to install the new equipments under this project and handover all dismantled
DATE:
materials/equipment if any to COMPANY designated warehouse.
CHJ<'DBY, --<1f---1
v
Note: The Design Ambient Temperature for all Outdoor Equipments shall be
55C as per 01-TMSS01, Rev.01
A. Capacitor Banks
33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 5MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.
Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:
The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
tested accordingly.
Ratings:
REVISIONS
b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye
I. Maximum Ambient
DA.TI:: 08.10.2011 temperature
THIS DRAWING lS NOT The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcrrON OR
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
FOR ORDERING 3"C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.
MATERlAlS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED
Capacitor bank must be able to carry continuously 1.35times the
fundamental frequency current flowing with rated voltage and power and
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 35
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
JI....-- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Note:
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no
i
extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
review and approval.
ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The BIL of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.
d. Inductance 28mH
j. Insulation class F
DATE: 08.10.2011
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKI
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB QRDER NO. PTS- 36
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
J ----
l;j
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~ ~I e) - ,t.,.Jf5.\l~."a..wJl j"s.,)'lll
tl
..
~
.. 3. One (1) 33kV, Neutral unbalance current transformers.
~
4. One (1) 33kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its
class and burden shall be decided by the
~ Contractor)
~ 5. One (1) lot 33kV XLPEIAir (outdoor & indoor) type
~
terminations
6. One (1) lot ACSR conductor jumpers, clamps and
connectors required to connect the various
equipments
g .., .... ~
REVISIONS
7. One (1) lot Required Surge arresters for capacitor banks,
shall be provided and conform to 35-TMSS-Ol.
DRAWNBV:
0 Surge Arresters
DAm: ...A shall have Discharge Class 3 as minimum and
CRK'DBY: I higher class arrester shall be provided as
J required based on arrester sizing calculation.
- 8. Discharging Eguipment
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 37
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Notes:
-i-.- Swapping and dismantling of existing feeders and breakers, if
required shall be carried out in case expansion is envisaged.
ii. Special tools as per AppendiX-XIII shall be provided.
iii. Control panel for the switchgear shall be provided as per existing
pattern in the station.
I
iv. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
ware house.
C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
Transformer is not available.
REVISIONS
D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)
panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
I>
proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the configurations other than that
DRAWNBY;
specified vide section 5.03.
DATE: Y
CllK'DBV:
/ E. HV Power Cables (33kv) & Termination
_ A lot 33kV single core 630mm2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
33kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.
Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.
Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
lDIIm!! building.
DATE: 08.10.2011 CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
existing AC/OC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
THIS DRAWING IS NOT equipment/panels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR MCBs after modification /addition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
additional MCBs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
[PTS-llCM01Q-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 38
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts
I J. Grounding System
K. Shielding System
REVISIONS
n CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
DKAWNBY:
Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.
M. Cable supports
Note:
A. Capacitor Banks
33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 10MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
DATE; 08.10.2011 Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
THIS DRAWING IS NOT and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI1ON OR
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
FOR ORDERING Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 39
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
J _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~ SUBSTATION NAME
1. 8077
Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:
The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
tested accordingly.
REVISIONS Ratings:
DRAWN BY:
a. a-phase MVAr of the bank 10MVAr at 33kV bus (delivered
DATE; J power at MV bus voltage)
CHK'DBY: I
b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye
d. Installation Outdoor
[PTS- 11CM01Q-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 40
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.
I
1.1times fundamental frequency voltage (rms) at the 13.8kV bus
continuously.
Note:
n ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
DRAWN BY:
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The Bil of each unit
DATE: .J! shall be decided based on the number of units in series.
CHK'DBY: ~+---f
r
2. 33kV De-Tuning Reactors
The 33kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.
d. Inductance 14mH
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
i 4.
5.
One (1) 33kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its class
and burden shall be decided by the Contractor)
8. Discharging Equipment
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 42
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Notes:
I
pattern in the station.
viii. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
ware house.
C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
Transformer is not available.
REVISIONS
D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)
n panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
DRAWN BY:
A lot 33kV single core 630mm2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
33kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.
Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.
Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the SWitchgear
building.
CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
THIS DRAWING IS NOT existing AC/DC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR equipment/panels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
MCBs after modification /addition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
CERTIFIED AND DATED additional MCSs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.
[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 43
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts
I J. Grounding System
K. Shielding System
REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
DRAWNBV:
installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
DATE:
119.07 Rev.O.
CHK'DBY:
L. Protection
Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.
M. Cable supports
Note:
A. Capacitor Banks
33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 15MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
DAlE: 08.18.2C111 Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
THIS DRAWING IS Nor and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
FOR ORDERING Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED
Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:
REVISIONS The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
DRAWNBY: ...,()""---1 exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
D'''',~J +-_--I tested accordingly.
{_-I
CIIK'D B Y , j . . -
Ratings:
d. Installation Outdoor
[PTS-11CM01Q-MZKI
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
J
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
I
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3"C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.
REVISIONS
Note:
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
/ combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no
DRAWNBY:
11 extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
DATE:
review and approval.
CHK'DIY: I
ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The BIL of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.
The 33kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.
d. Inductance 9.3mH
j. Insulation class F
I
3. One (1) 33kV, Neutral unbalance current transformers.
8. Discharging Equipment
o
capacitor back-to-hack switching and the same shall be proved with type test
reports. The switchgears shall be suitable to feed 15MVAr capacitor bank
BY:~ proposed in this SOW and conform to COMPANY material standard 32-TMSS-
DATE: 08.10.2.011
01, Rev.01. Required CTs and Bus side VTs as per protection requirement
shall also be provided.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 47
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Notes:
Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage ACIDC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.
Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
DAn:: 01,10.2011 three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
building.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 48
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I. Cable Travs/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts
J. Grounding System
L. Protection
Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to AppendiX - VII for protection requirement.
M. Cable supports
A. Capacitor Banks
DATE: 08.10.2011
13.8kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 5MVAr each with
detuning reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible
operating conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT Automatic Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a
TO BE USED FOR
CONsrRUCI10N OR
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor
FOR ORDERING banks. Capacitor shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED sun light. Each capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate
with electrical and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live.
The gate shall have permissive to open only after 1Ominutes following the de-
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 49
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
energizing of Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and
4.05.
I No.
# SUBSTATION NAME
1. 7780 2
2. 7782 2
Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:
REVISIONS The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
DRAWNBY: exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
(/
DATE:
~
tested accordingly.
(]IK'D BV, -+-_-1
Ratings:
d. Installation Outdoor
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK 8< TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 50
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
I
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.
Note:
REVISIONS
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no
DRAWN BY:
y extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
DATE:
review and approval.
CHK'DBY:
ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The Bil of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.
The 13.8kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.
d. Inductance 4.9mH
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 51
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
j. Insulation class F
i
3. One (1) 13.8kV, Neutral unbalance current
transformers.
4. One (1) 13.8kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its
class and burden shall be decided by the
Contractor)
8. Discharging Equipment
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 52
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
ti SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~I ~I e) - 1'l.:iJt11l4l~I4s~1
e
8
~
8 13.8kV Switchgears shall be provided in the following 33113.8kV Substations:
e
# SUBSTATION No. NOTE
NAME
1. 7780 Existing SWitchgears are Calor Emag
2
andABB
~
c'"
2. 7782
2
Existing Switchgears are Merlin Gerin
andABB
f3
" Notes:
A lot 13.8kV single core 630mm 2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
13.8kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.
~ Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
.., 0, interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.
DATE: 08.10.2011
Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
THlS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
CONSrRUCfION OR lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL building.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
[PTS-11CM010-MZKI
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OFWORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 53
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
existing AC/DC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
equipmenVpanels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
MCSs after modification laddition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
additional MCBs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.
I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts
CBK'DBY:
CONTRACTOR shall provide required grounding interconnections for all the
new equipment installed in this PROJECT to connect the existing grounding
grid. Grounding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.10 Rev.O.
K. Shielding System
CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.07 Rev.O.
L. Protection
Existing 13.8kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the
new provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.
M. Cable supports
BY:
0~ Note:
DATE: 08.10.2011
All Voltage Transformers shall have dual class (0.5/3P) accuracy.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 54
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. CONTROL SYSTEM
I The following control levels shall be provided for the 33kV and 13.8kV circuit
breakers control:
i. Control from the 33kV and 13.8kV switchgear panels and Supervisory Control
from Power Control Center (PCG) via the SCADA system, for all breakers.
Local control facility shall be provided in the switchgear with "LOR" selector
g fO'> N _ switch.
REVISIONS
ii. Automatic Capacitor Control shall be provided for each 33kV and 13.8kV
DRAWN BY:
capacitor banks.
DATE:
CHK'DBY:
B. PROTECTIVE AND RELAYING REQUIREMENT
/
The CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all applicable electrical interlocking
facitities required for the 33kV and 13.8kV switchgears provided in this project in
accordance with Section 5.06 of this document and as per Appendix-VII (Protection
Requirement). There shall be a delay of minimum 1Ominutes between each opening
and closing of capacitor banks.
The metering requirements of the capacitor banks as indicated in the Relaying and
Metering drawing CT-904241 shall be provided as minimum and shall meet the
requirements specified in TES-P-119.31. The meters shall be provided on each of
the respective control panels and metering panel as applicable. The scale of the
meters shall be as per Clause 5.04.
~
~
3.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITON (SCADA)
~
For SCADA refer to Appendix-IX.
For each capacitor banks the following additional points shall be provided:
Current
~ MVAr
B Voltage
l:I
~
Separate stand-alone HVAC units with 200% capacity (100% spare) shall be
0
z '" N ~
provided for the expanded portion of switchgear room, control room and the new
REVISIONS constructed room as applicable. HVAC system shall be as per 73-TMSS-01 Rev.O.
However, the Air Conditioning shall be similar to the Existing.
DRAWNRV: 17
DAlE: J 3.09 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK
CHK'DBY:
-/
I
For Civil and Structural work, refer to Appendix-VIII
4ml!lUOl!
3.10 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
Contractor shall provide necessary fire detection/alarm, fire protection system and
fire equlpment similar to the existing for the expanded portion of the switchgear
room/control room and for the equipments and capacitor banks provided in this
project. New fire protection system provided/added shall be as per TES-P-19.21 and
to be integrated with the existing fire protection system. All additional detectors,
audible alarm devices, and other associated equipments shall be connected to and
compatible with the existing system.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and
drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01, as a minimum.
.!JOIlIII:IE!!
Table 3.01
I~ INDEX TITLE
Bid Base
Design
Detail &
Construct.
As-
.y,~ Stage Built
Stage Stage Stage
DATE: 08.10.2011
A EQuipmentlMaterials
33kV and 13.8kV XLPE Power Cables X X
33kV and 13.8kV XLPE Cable sealina ends X X
THIS ORAWING IS NOT 33kV and 13.8kV Capacitors and De-Tuning X X
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR Reactors
FOR ORDERING Automatic Capacitor Control Panels X X X, IV X
MATEJUALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED 33kV and 13.8kV Switch!:lear X X
LV Power and Control Cables X
Outdoor lighting Fixtures, including Receptacles X
~
Cable Tray System X
i Various Control, Protective Relays & Metering
X X
Instrument and Devices, SCADA, Indication
Instruments and Devices WI Manuals ICataloaue
Relay Application/Installation I Commissioning
Manuals X
z
e Groundino System Material, Joints, etc. X
~ Shieldina Svstem, Material etc X
~ Site Layout/Plot Plan X X,I X
A Design Calculations
Electrical system study requirement for capacitor X X X
bank installation
33kV and 13.8kV Capacitor Banks X X,IV
g ~
REVISIONS
N
- 33kV and 13.8kV Cable Sizing & Ampacity
Calculations
X X,IV
-
Fire Protection Svstem Desian X XIV X
Structural Calculations of 33113.8kV S1Gbuildino X X IV X
Design Calculations of outdoor equipment steel X,IV X
suooortino structures
LV Cable Sizing and Amoacitv Calculations X X,IV X
Relav Aoolication X XIV X
Relay Setting Calculations along with all X,III X
eauioment related data
33kV and 13.8kV Short Circuit Calculations and X X,IV X
Capacitor switching current and voltage
calculations Breaker Selection
PROJECT PERT/CPM Schedule for Monitoring
and Control Activities X
CONTRACTOR's Loss Prevention Program
X
Site Security Plan X
QAlQC Plan X
Insoection and Test Plan X
Factory Test Procedure
X
Eauioment Demonstration Package X
Site Test Procedure X
lJlIII:W!'.I!
A Schedule showing the outages requirements for X X
f/-~ the PROJECT on the ongoing protect facilities
P Abbreviations, Svmbols and Leaend X X,IV X
~ Switchina One-Une Diaaram X X,IV
BV: X
DATE: 08.10.2011 Relavina and Meterina One-Line Diaaram X X IV X
Comoosite AC Schematic Diaarams X X VI X
AC Comoosite Three Line Diaaram X X VI X
DC Comoosite Schematic for Protection X X. VI X
DC Composite Schematic for Control X X, VI X
TKIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR Logic Flow Diaaram for Interlocking Scheme X X, VI X
CONSTRUcnON OR Panel Wiring Diagrams for Relay, Control X, VI X
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL Annunciator SCADA Interlace, Fault Recorder
CERTIFIED AND DATED Substation EQuioment Layout X X,II X
Substation Eauioment Details X X,IV X
Interconnection Diaarams X,VI X
[PT&- 11CMOlD-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INOEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 57
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~I ~l t.;S - I'~ 4l.......,J1 ~~\
~
~
[> Substation Groundina Details X X,II X
a Substation Racewav and Cablina Plan X X,IV X
Substation Racewav and Cablina Details X X,IV X
Buildino Equipment Arranoement Plan/Sections X X,IV X
Substation Outdoor Equipment Arrangement X X, II X
Plan/Sections
z Conduit Plan and Details X, IV X
Si
Cable and Conduit Schedule X IV X
~
o Substation Outdoor LightingIPower Layout and X X,IV X
~ Details
Interlock Scheme X X VI X
AC and DC Panel Wiring Diagram and Schematics X,VI X
including LVAC Automatic Transfer Scheme for
ACSystem
AC/DC Auxiliary One-Line Dlaqram X X, IV X
g ~ N ~
BY' (
/ S~ Concrete Rebars, Forrnwork etc.l
Cable basement Foundation Plan, Sections and X X,III X
DAlE: 08.10.2011 Details (for Switchqear BuildinQ)
Ground Floor FraminQ Plan (S/G BuildinQ) X XIII X
Ground Floor Beams, Longitudinal and Cross X,1I1 X
Sections with Rebar Details(S/G BuildinQ)
Roof Framino Plan (S/G Buildinq) X X,III X
THIS DRAWING IS Nor Roof Beams, Longitudinal and Cross Sections with X, III X
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUcnON OR Rebar Details (S/G Buildinq)
FOR ORDERING Ground Floor Slab Rebar Details & Sections (all X,III X
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED Buildinas)
Roof Slab Rebar Details & Sections (S/G Buildino) X III X
Column & Footinq Layout, Sections and their X X,III X
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 58
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
Ii SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 'i;i~ ~I e.) - ~~jf5.Il ~.".....Jl 4.s~1
I:i
~
Rebar Details (S/G Buildinal
~ Staircase Lavout, Sections & Rebar Details X X,III X
Typical Rebar Arrangement Details at Beam X,III X
Column Junction, Column Footing Junction and
Beam Slab Junction
Steel Bending Details XIII X
33kV and 13.8kV Duct Bank Layout and Details X,III X
..~
u
Manhole/Hand hole Sections and Rebar Details
Trench and Duct Bank Lavout & Sections
X
X
X, III
X III
X
X
~ Building Roof Plan and Details (S/G Building) X X,1I1 X
Buildina Sections and Elevations (S/G Buildinal X XIII X
Wall Sections and Details (S1G Buildina) X X,III X
Buildina Finish Schedule (S/G Buildina) X X III X
Door and its Hardware SChedule (All Buildinas) X X, III X
0
z ~ ... - Basement Floor Plan, Sump Pit and Drainage
Channel Details (S/G Buildina)
Design & Fabrication drawings for Steel
X X,III X
REVISIONS M X X,III X
Supporting Structure of SA, AirlXLPE Cable
/7 Sealina End
DRAWN BY:
Steel Checkered Plate Layout and its Supporting X,1I1 X
DATE: .:f Framing and Details
CHK'DBYl 7 Layout of outdoor Equipment Sections and Details X X,1I1 X
/
Additional Drawings as Specified in Appendix-VI X X, VI X
S
~
T System Interconnection Diagram (for X X, VI X
Interconnection of Communication Equipment with
SCADA and Protective Relavs )
X Drawing Control List X X,I X
The requirements indicated under column "Detail & Construction Stage" shall be
submitted in groups (I to VI) as indicated against each item. The time schedule for
the submittal of each group shall be finalized during base design. Partial submittal
of calculations/drawings in any group will not be accepted.
1. Bid Stage
a. The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
lDI.ll:!m
i. Data Schedule completely filled-up and stamped by the respective
.~
BY,' -.,
equipment vendors.
DATE: 08.10.2011 ii. Equipment catalogues makes, type and technical parameters duly
highlighted.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
I 2.
ii. List of deviations, if any.
Final approval of major equipment (indicated under bid stage, Table 3.01, after
all deviations have been resolved) shall be obtained.
The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
REVISIONS
a. Design calculations
DRAWN BY: ---V-()--i
b. Original manufacturer's drawings and literatures
DATE:"-(- d_---t c. Design drawings
CB:K'DBY:,-- I_-i d. Final data schedules
e. Final clause by clause compliance statement
f. Vendor drawings
b. Construction Drawings
4. As-Built Stage
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE
CONSTRUCTION
USED
OR
FOR As-built drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table as per
FOR ORDERING SEEDS-II, Rev.1.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED
B. Along with final detail design package, CONTRACTOR shall submit the following as
per SEEDS-II, Rev.1 in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) files:
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 60
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. Design Drawings
2. Design Calculations
3. Material Data Schedule
4. Equipment Catalogue
The revision numbers and notes reflecting the changes made throughout the design
shall be retained in the submitted final detail design drawings. Also, the input and
output files for design calculations carried out by computer programs shall be
furnished.
REVISIONS
All PDF files shall have no open or change security password.
DRAWN BY:
CBK'DBY: )(f
A. General
/
i. A modified switching diagram on 1000mm x 600mm laminated board to
replace the existing switching diagram and showing the new additions shall
be fixed on the wall at the existing place where the present switching One
Line Diagram is placed in the 132kV/33kV 33/13.8kV Switchgear rooms.
[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 61
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
All WORKS equipment and material covered by this document shall conform to the
latest edition of the COMPANY's Material Standard Specifications supplemented
with latest applicable industry Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest
edition of each Standard and Specification shall mean the latest edition specified
i hereunder.
The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the folloWing Standards, Codes and
Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise accepted by a
written waiver from COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent"
Standards and Specifications if such standards and specifications are equal to or
better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the
COMPANY.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY: 0
A. COMPANY Materials Standard Specifications
DATE: A 01-TMSS-01 General ReqUirements for All Equipment/Materials
CBK'DBY, ~--f-7_--1
v (Rev. 01)
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO.
PTS- 63
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 64
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TCS-Q-113.02 Earthworks
(Rev. 0)
I TCS-Q-113.03
(Rev. 0)
TCS-P-122.01
(Rev.O)
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Safety
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 65
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I SA-036356
(Rev.O)
Service Manholes
Line Manholes
SA-036357
(Rev.O)
DATE: 08.10.2011
TD-80008 Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage, Bone & Skull
(Rev.O)
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
JI.......-
i
_
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
E. Other Standards
CllK'DBY: I
J ANSI/IEEE- Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC
C37.012 High Voltage Circuit Breakers, Rated on Symmetrical Current
Basis
F. Industry Standards/Codes
The following lists include (but shall not be considered all inclusive) the most
important codes and standards (latest edition) applicable to this PROJECT. The
SEC will not provide these codes and standards:
NEMA TC-8 Extra Strength PVC Plastic Utilities Duct For Underground
Installation
NEMA U TC-9 Fittings for ASS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct For Installation
DATE: 08.]8.2011
Underground
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 67
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY'
. -~/[ )
DATEl ~
ClIK'DBV, l-----l
DATE: 08.10.2011
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAlL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 68
C494 A OF o
11CM010
HAlL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The CONTRACTOR shall adopt the following design criteria as a minimum for this
PROJECT:
I All equipment/materials devices and their specified ratings furnished under this
PROJECT shall be suitable for operation as outlined in TES-P-119.02 and
01-TMSS-01, (Rev.01)
REVISIONS
A. General
a. The short circuit rating of 33kV switchgear shall be minimum 25kA (Sym-
3sec / 1sec - as applicable at each SIS).
b. The short circuit rating of 13.8kV switchgear shall be minimum 25kA (Sym-
3sec / 1sec - as applicable at each SIS).
2. Computer Calculations
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 69
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
As applicable
220VAC, 30, 4 wires
The CONTRACTOR shall verify and confirm the auxiliray AC/DC voltage ratings of
each substation.
DRAWNIV:
The COMPANY standard phasing arrangements in Substations are the following:
DATE:
CHK'DBY;
1. Red, Yellow, Blue when from East to West.
2. Red, Yellow, Blue when from North to South.
3. Red, Yellow, Blue when from Top to bottom.
DATE: 08.10.2011
2. The cable ampacity calculation for cables laid in duct bank (concrete encased
duct bank or sand duct bank) shall be based on IEC-60287 and the following
basic parameters:
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 70
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3. For cables exposed to sunlight, solar radiation heat density of 1.1 kW/m 2 and
ambient temperature of 55'C shall be considered.
REVISIONS
4. 15kV/36kV single core, copper, XLPE cables shall be laid between shunt
n capacitors and 13.8kV/33kV switchgears. However, cable size and number of
DRAWN BY:
runs epr phase along with ampacity calculations shall be proposed by the
DATE: J CONTRACTOR and the same shall be subject to COMPANY review and
CIlK'DBY: I
,.J approval. Minimum size of 13.8kV/33kV cables shall be 630mm2 . The
dimensions of the cable trench shall depend upon the ampacity required,
spacing between phases, bending radius, etc.
2. The sheath capability to withstand shall be 25kA for 13.8kV/33kV cables and in
accordance with ICEA P-45-482 Standard.
3. The short circuit rating of 13.8kV/33kV system shall be equal to that the
13.8kV/33kV sWitchgear and that of the 13.8kV/33kV cable sheath shall be
equal to the corresponding maximum ground fault current and subject to a
minimum of 25kA(1 sec) for 13.8kV/33kV respectively.
Note: All cable sizes given in the document are a minimum and can change based
on the above sizing requirements.
The grounding system of the power cable shall be designed to limit the induced
DATE: 08.10.2011
voltage on the cable sheath at safe level and to eliminate the sheath losses.
[PTS- 11CM01OMZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 71
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I
c. Capacitor Bank Operating 14.47kV L-L, 8.35kV L-N
Voltage due to Reactor Voltage
(with 1.0 pu @ 13.8kV Bu)
d. Minimum Continuous Voltage 17.5kV L-L
withstand Capability (including
harmonics)
e. Nominal Capacitance Rating (**) See Note iii
REVISIONS f. Number of Cans (***) See Note iii
DRAWN BY:
()
DATE: J
CHJ{'DBY, -_-+-'-1
/ (i) The capacitor rack should include sufficient space to add three additional units
(1 per phase) in the future. If harmonic tuning requirements dictate installation
of additional capacitor units, then spare capacitor units can be connected.
(ii) The fuse holder and associated capacitor unit, if required, must withstand
discharge from up to three (3) capacitor banks in addition to source contribution
during phase to phase faults considering capacitance of 13.8kV feeders
associated with one (1) bank. The manufacturer shall provide type test report
indicating the maximum allowable discharge energy from parallel banks for
these devices.
(iii) Nominal Can kVA Rating, Voltage rating (*), nominal capacitance Rating (**)
and number of cans (***) shall be decided by the CONTRACTOR based on
optimum design.
The inductance of the tuning reactor shall be such that tuning frequency is at 4.6th
order.
BY;
/-5
f l? ..?
110% of continuous withstand current capability.
DATE: 08.]0.2011
Spacing of tuning reactors shall be carefully evaluated so that the reactor's
magnetic field may not cause significant currents in nerby structural steel. The
supporting insulator caps, supporting structures nuts, bolts and fixtures shall be of
nonmagnetic material to prevent heating due to stray flux.
TIllS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCI'ION OR
The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactureded and
FOR ORDERING tested in accordance with the requirement of 15-TMSS-1, Rev.O.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
The supporting brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized per 01-
TMSS-01, Rev.01.
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 72
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
One each grounding pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors suitable
2
for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm
I 4.06
shall apply for capacitors and de-tuning reactors.
(i) The capacitor rack should include sufficient space to add three additional units
(1 per phase) in the future. If harmonic tuning requirements dictate installation
of additional capacitor units, then spare capacitor units can be connected.
(ii) The fuse holder and associated capacitor unit, if required, must withstand
discharge from up to three (3) capacitor banks in addition to source contribution
during phase to phase faults considering capacitance of 13.8kV feeders
associated with one (1) bank. The manufacturer shall provide type test report
indicating the maximum allowable discharge energy from parallel banks for
these devices.
(iii) Nominal Can kVA Rating, Voltage rating n, nominal capacitance Rating (**)
and number of cans (***) shall be decided by the CONTRACTOR based on
optimum design.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 73
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
supporting insulator caps, supporting structures nuts, bolts and fixtures shall be of
nonmagnetic material to prevent heating due to stray flux.
The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactureded and
tested in accordance with the requirement of 15-TMSS-1, Rev.O.
i The supporting brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized per 01-
TMSS-01, Rev.01.
One each grounding pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors suitable
2
for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm
OIK'DBY:
For Protective Relaying Design Criteria, Refer to Appendix- VII.
DATE: 08.10.2011
[PTS-11CM010MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
This Section outlines broadly the technical specifications of the major equipment/
z materials required for the complete installation of the PROJECT. The specifications
~il outlined herein shall be read in conjunction with the attached PROJECT drawings,
the COMPANY Material Standard Specifications and the associated International
~ Standards and Codes. The ratings and specific requirements of the various electrical
equipments shall be as indicated in Data Schedule of COMPANY Material Standard
Specifications, and the CONTRACTOR shall ensure full conformity with the same.
0
z ... ... ~
5.02 SUBSTATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
REVISIONS
All equipment/material shall conform to the related COMPANY standards and other
rJ standards in accordance with the tabulation hereunder:
DKA.WNBY:
DATE: A
CHK'DBY: -; Table 5.01
I
-
Serial COMPANYStandards! Notes
EQUIPMENTIMATERIAL
No. other Standards
1. 13.8kVl33kVXLPE Cables 11-SDMS-03 1
2 13.8kV133kV Switchgear 32-TMSS-01, 32-TMSS-03 2
3 12kV SuroeArresters 35-TMSS-01
4 13.8kVl33kVCaoacitorBanks 43-TMSS-01 7
5 Air Core Series Reactor 58-TMSS-Q2 7
6 13.8kV/33kV Termination Kits 12-SDMS-01 TES-P-104.04 4
7 Relav and Control Panels 31-TMSS-01
8 AnnunciatorSYStem 38-TMSS-05
9 LV Power & Control Cables (PVCIXLPEI TES-P-104, 11-TMSS-1 0
10 Instrumentation Cables TES-P-104, 11-TMSS-11,
TES-P-119
11 LV Cable Termination TES-P-104 5
12 AC Auxiliary PowerSupply Equipment 31-TMSS-02, TES-P-119.30 6
- Main AC Distribution Panel TES-P-119.30
- 3801220V Sub-Distribution and Distribution TES-P-119.30
l;II[[(fIIJ! Panel
- 380/220VDistribution Panel TES-P-119.30
~ - Liohting and Small Power Eauipment TES-P-119.25
BY' C ~ 13 Groundina System TES-P-119.10
DATE: 68.10.2011 14 ShieldingSystem TES-P-119.07
15 Cable TrayslDuetslDuct Sealing UniVConduits! TES-P-104, TES-P-119.20 3
Trenches 23-TMSS-01, 24-TMSS-01,
23-TMSS-02
mIS DRAWING IS NOT 16 Metering Devices 4O-TMSS-02
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCTION OR 17 Remote Terminal Unit (RTUI 38-TMSS-03
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL 18 NormalWeight Readv Mixed Concrete 7D-TMSS-03
CERTIJ'IEDAND DATED
19 Bare COPPer-Glad Steel GroundingConductor 1D-TMSS-05
[PTS-llCM01D-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICALSPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWERFACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 75
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
I
i
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Notes:
1. 13.8kV/33kV XLPE Cables
The size of the cables to be supplied shall meet the cable ampacity requirements
given in section 4.03. at actual site installation conditions. The minimum acceptable
sizes are given in the relevant drawings/section 3.0. The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish cable ampacity calculation to establish that the cable being supplied meets
the ampacity requirements.
2. 13.8kV/33kV Switchgear
b. The cable terminal lug for feeders shall be one (1) hole type as per COMPANY
DRAWN RYl -/n-f----1
Standard SDS-9
DATE, -/,JlF---i
CIIK'DBY, '~'---1 3. 13.8kV/33kV Cable Support & Clamping
J
a. Arrangements for cable support shall be provided for all cables in between
Shunt Capacitors and 13.8kV/33kV switchgears.
b. All cables shall be labeled at both ends to correspond its connection at the other
end.
5. LV Cable Terminations
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO,
PTS- 76
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4-pole MCCBs shall be provided on incomer and bus couplers and shall be as per
a. The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or exceed
the requirements.
REVISIONS
b. 13.8kV/33kV De-Tuning Reactors
DRAWNBV:
DATE: ..< The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactured
CHK'DBY; / and tested in accordance with requirements of 15-TMSS-1, RevO.
I
Support brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized as per 01-TMSS-
01, Rev.01.
One each grouping pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors
2
suitable for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm
The neutral CT of the capacitor bank shall be single phase, outdoor, free
standing type conforming to 50-TMSS-01 and associated data schedule.
The CT primary rating, short time rating and the ratio shall be selected by the
CONTRACTOR, which shall be subject to COMPANY approval. However, short
time rating shall not be less than the maximum current flowing through the
Neutral due to Faults or Capacitor Units Failures whichever is higher. The CT
DAtE: 08.18.2011
shall be rated to withstand the voltage surge during switching operations and be
provided with a rod gap across the primary terminals and a low voltage surge
arrester across the secondary terminals. Alternatively, the CT primary protection
TIDS DRAWING IS Nor
by surge arresters may be offered.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI10N OR
FOR ORDERING d. Discharging Eguipment
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED
Each capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors to bring down the
residual voltage to 50V within 5minutes.
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 77
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
J'---- ~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. PVC conduits and fittings shall be provided in all underground concrete duct
DRAWNBY: f)
J banks. The PVC conduits and fittings shall be designed, manufactured and
DATE:
tested in accordance with COMPANY's Material Standard Specification 23-
CBK'DBY:
,f TMSS-01.
2. Sub ducts on hand holes and inside the bUilding shall be corrugated, flexible
and fire retardant (2 Hours UL rating) with 25mm outside diameter. Sub duct
installation shall be in accordance with SCS-T-557.08.
3. Sub ducts on the underground duct banks and direct buried conduits in
trenches shall be rigid with 32mm outside diameter and made from HDPE
piping compound, its inner wall shall be smooth and black in color. It shall be
comply with specification DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and STC specification MAT 2301
and pullinq length shall not exceed 450meters.
4. For direct buried cable trenches, PVC conduits shall be of class-4 type. Nylon
pull ropes "l4 inches in diameter (of different colors) shall be provided and
installed in all vacant/spare ducts and sub ducts.
5. The duct sealing units for conduit fittings shall be in accordance with
COMPANY's Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.O.
~
.
6. Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the PVC conduits for fiber optic cables
.y,l ~ shall be 100mm inner diameter and for 13.8kVl33kV cables 150mm.
DAre 08.10.2011
5.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING SYSTEM
A. General
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR 1. The relay and control panels shall conform to 31-TMSS-01. The control system
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL of the 13.8kV/33kV metal clad indoor switchgear shall conform to 32-TMSS-01,
CERTIF1ED AND DATED
Rev.01.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 78
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. The control panel shall be completely wired and adequate terminal blocks shall
be provided for the termination of external incoming cables.
B. Control Requirements
The control system of the 13.8kV/33kV metal clad indoor switchgears shall
conform to 32-TMSS-01, Rev.01 and associated Data Schedule and TES-P-
oz ... 119.
REVISIONS
The remote position of local/remote selector switch shall transfer breaker
controls to the 13.8kV/33kV control panel and to the Power Control Center
DRAWN BY: -,f7i-()---t
(PCC) through SCADAICommunication channels depending upon the position
DATE:-* ".,.,-----1
7t-_--1 of locaVsupervisory selector switch on 13.8kV/33kV Control Panel. Local
CHK'DBY,
, control facility shall be provided in the switchgear, but shall be kept in disabled
condition.
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKJ
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 79
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
III. The PLC shall be completely devoted to capacitor bank automatic control.
The PLC shall not be used as Annunciator.
DATE: IJ.
(Ii) Reactive Power measured on the HV side of the Transformers
CHK'DBY:
,I OR
Sum of Reactive Power measured on the 33kV or 13.8kV
side of the Transformes and the calculated value of Reactive
Power for the compensation of the Reactive Power losses of
the Transformers on the basis of (real time measured
current)2 multiplied by Transformer impedance.
1. CASE-I
Bus Coupler-1 (BC-n and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2) are in Open position
reactive power (MVAr-1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the
set value of time (t1). If the reactive power measured is below the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
value, is above the set value of time (t2), the Capacitor (C-3) shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.
i 2. CASE-II
Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON and OFF as per the same condition
as specified under CASE-1 for Capacitor-1 (C-1)
REVISIONS
Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of
17 Power Transformers T-2 & T-3 measured (HV side) is above the set value
DRAWN BY:
A of reactive power (MVAr-3) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
DATE:
the set value of time (t3). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
CIIK'DBY:
,/ T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-4) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t4), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
remain in OFF condition.
3. CASE-III
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 81
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
the set value of time (t5). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
T-1 & T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-6) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t6), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
remain in OFF condition.
i Capacitor-3 (C-3) shall be switched ON and OFF as per the same condition
as specified under CASE-1 for Capacitor-3 (C-3)
4. CASE-IV
Bus Coupler (BC-n and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2l are in Close position.
DAT&: 08.10.2011
5. CASE-V (OVERVOLTAGE CONTROLl
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 82
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
e SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY J.;i~1 ~\ t,) - "4Jf5.1141~1 ~~
~
t
CHK'DBY:
-j
I For all above cased, if the total current (including the harmonics current)
exceeds the continuous current withstand capability of the capacitor, the
~ controller should adopt the following strategy regardless of the reactive
power flow in the transformers:
[PTS- llCM010MZKI
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
The minimum inputs to the ACCS shall consist of status of all 69113.8kV
incomer (transformer) CB's, bus-tie CB(s), each 13.8kV incomer voltage,
each 13.8kV bus voltage, each 13.8kV capacitor bank bus voltage, each
The CB of the capacitor bank once switched 'OFF shall not switch 'ON'
within 10 minutes. Auto / Manual and Local/Remote selection shall be
provided for the ACCS. In any case the 13.8kV incomer breakers of
REVISIONS
Transformers T-1, T-2 & T-3 shall be switched 'ON', the associated
DRAWN BY:
, capacitor shall not switch 'ON' within 10 minutes. Also, two (2) nos.
capacitor banks should not be connected to a single transformer.
DATE:
C'BK'DBY:
The ACCS shall prevent undesired switching 'ON' operation of CB's of
associated capacitor banks in anyone of the following cases:
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 84
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 85
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. The ACCS shall control the reactive power requirement at HV side of each
Transformers.
2. Automatic switching 'ON' and 'OFF of the capacitor banks shall be based
on:-
(i) Voltage measured on the respective 33kV or 13.8kV busses.
REVISIONS
(ii) Reactive Power measured on the HV side of the Transformers
OR
DRAWNlIY: -fn.f-~
Sum of Reactive Power measured on the 33kV or 13.8kV
DATE, ",Ar-_-1 side of the Transformes and the calculated value of Reactive
CIIK'DBY, '1----1
Power for the compensation of the Reactive Power losses of
the Transformers on the basis of (real time measured
current)2 multiplied by Transformer impedance.
1. CASE-I
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 86
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. CASE-II
I of reactive power (MVAr-3) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t-3). If the total reactive power of Transformers T-1
&T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-4) and the
duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t-4), the Capacitor shall be switched OFF or remain in
OFF condition.
The CB of the capacitor bank once switched 'OFF' shall not switch 'ON'
within 10 minutes. Auto / Manual and Local/Remote selection shall be
provided for the ACCS. In any case the 13.8kV incomer breakers of
Transformers T-1 or T-2 shall be switched 'ON', the associated capacitor
shall not switch 'ON' within 10minutes. The ACCS shall prevent undesired
switching 'ON' operation of CBs of associated capacitor banks in anyone of
DATE: 08.10.2011
the following cases.
a. 13.8kV Bus fault.
b. 13.8kV Capacitor feeder unclear faults (main feeder CB or dedicated
capacitor feeder CB Lockout relay operates).
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR c. 13.8kV Bus Tie Lockout operates.
CONSTRucrION OR
FOR ORDERING d.. Auto / Manual and LocaVRemote selection shall be provided for the
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
ACCS
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 87
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
V: RANGE OF SETTINGS
I MVAr-3
MVAr-4
MVAr-5
MVAr-6
Oto
Oto
Oto
Oto
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
in steps of
in steps of
in steps of
in steps of
1 MVAr
1 MVAr
1 MVAr
1 MVAr
DATE: J
CBK'DBV: 7 3. Voltage Setting Ranges (for 13.8kVl
J
V-1 13.8 to 16 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
V-212 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
V-3 12 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
For Protective Relaying and Transient Fault Recorder Systems requirements, refer
B't;~
~ to Appendix-VII.
[PTS-llCMOlO-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
1. 33kV Switchgears
a. Energy meter: MVAhr
c. Ammeter: 0- 500A
2. 13.8kV Switchgears
REVISIONS
a. Energy meter: MVAhr
c. Ammeter: 0- 600A
d. DPDM: o 10 MVar
Note:
The range of meters indicated is tentative and may change during base {
detailed engineering stage.
The DPDM should be able to be configured for any CTR (CT Ratio) {PTR (PT
Ratio) & forward & reverse directions.
The existing alarm and annunciator system of the substations shall be modified to
incorporate the alarms from the equipments installed under this project. Refer to
Appendix-VII
.IY:
(2
Alarms shall be tested in accordance with 38-TMSS-05 and applicable clauses of
DATE: 08.10.2011
01-TMSS-01, Rev.01.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Note: Protective relay panels shall not be used for mounting various relays /
devices required for interlocking system.
REVISIONS
5.0S'CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK
DUWNBY: For Civil and Structural work Requirements, refer to Appendix VIII.
DA'IE: .r
CIIK'DBY: { 5.09 FIRE DETECTION/ALARM AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
J
Fire Fighting Equipment
DATE: 08.10.2Ol1
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO, PTS- 90
C494 A OF 0
11CM01 0 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
6.01 GENERAL
A. A list, giving the details of the commissioning and site tests shall be prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval not less
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing all the appropriate tools,
Calibrated test equipment and temporary AC and DC power supplies needed to
perform the commissioning and site tests. All tests shall be performed in accordance
with the applicable IEC and ANSI Standards and established practices and
procedures.
F. Testing of high voltage cable system and fiber optic cable shall be carried out to
ensure that the necessary design and operation specifications are achieved prior to
placing the cable system into service.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to carry out all tests in a safe manner and
with pre-determined safe working procedure submitted to the COMPANY.
I. In addition to the tests required in this standard, all test required by the cable
manufacturer shall be performed. In the event of conflict between the testing
~> requirements of this standard and those of the cable manufacturer, the COMPANY
BY, l < tzJi'
shall be the sole judge as to which tests shall take precedence.
DATE; 08.10.1011
J. All sites testing and commissioning will be done under COMPANY witness.
Witnessing of testing/commissioning by COMPANY does not mean acceptance of
test results. Test results will be reviewed and approved by COMPANY separately
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR after CONTRACTOR submits the same for review and approval.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR OllDElllNG
MATERIALS UNTIL K. The test of All protective relays to be started only when the required IFC drawings
CERTIFIED AND DATED
has been approved with the final protection scheme by the concerned COMPANY
Engineering authority, and the same for the SOE and DFR List. And all protective
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK)
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 91
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
L. The CONTRACTOR shall perform automated calibration tests to prove the correct
relay characteristics and timing operation after adjusting the relays to the settings
I approved by COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out calibration tests via
COMPANY approved computer operated, test equipment, using automated test
routines developed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the Manufacturer for all
main protective numerical relays such as distance relays, differential relays, bus bar
protection relays etc, as the proposed numerical protective relays to be used in this
project are computerized and sophisticated electronic eqUipment, which includes
scheme configuration, fault recording features, local and remote access for down
loading system parameters and settings, it is requested that the CONTRACTOR
REVISIONS should have a commissioning engineer from the relay supplier or certified by the
relay supplier and Approved by the COMPANY to perform the acceptance
DRAWN BY;
/commissioning tests for the numerical relays involve in this projects, the approval
DATE:
has to granted at least two months prior to start the commissioning tests. All the
CBK'DBY: ~ automated test routines and sub routines, software accessories, leads required to
( perform the test has to be hand over to the COMPANY one set for each type of the
relays.
M. Field tests and commissioning results shall be submitted to the COMPANY not later
than two (2) days after completion of tests for review prior to the final energization.
The CONTRACTOR shall perform all the applicable site commissioning tests of the
new equipment installed under this PROJECT in accordance with applicable
sections of the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-105, Rev.01
"Commissioning Test and Checks of Power Transmission Network Equipment".
CONTRACTOR shall finalize the SCADA Handover Book Sheets and Test
procedure to be submitted to Company at least two (2) weeks before the scheduled
pre commissioning
DATE: 08.10.2011 Pre-commissioning shall only be started if all SCADA points have been completely
wired.
Final commissioning shall be scheduled at least one (1) month after pre-
THIS DRAWING IS NOT commissioning has been successfully completed.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCI'ION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL **** END OF SECTION VI & SOWITS ****
CERTIFIED AND DATED
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 92
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
APPENDIX I
LIST OF ATTACHED
CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS
r:
.;
PROJECT TITLE PROJECT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. JOB ORDER NO. DRAFTING OFFICE
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
MOAYED Z. AL-KADHEM I V.SUBRAMANIAN -
HAIL SAUDI ARABlt
INITIAL REV. FURTHER REV.
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. DRAWING TITLE REMARKS
NO. NO nAT"
INDEXA
PTS-11CM010 1 TO 92 0 SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INDEXP
CT-904241 1 OF 2 0 RELAYING AND METERING - ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR 13.8kV CAPACITOR BANK
CT-904241 2 OF 2 0 RELAYING AND METERING - ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR 33kV CAPACITOR BANK
PROJECT COMPLETION DATE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. REV. NO.
AS BUILT
BY
. . C494 X CT-904240 1 IOFI 1 0
APPENDIX II
The following COMPANY Material Standard Specifications Data Schedules are attached. The
CONTRACTOR shall fill out the Data Schedule indicating the technical particulars of the
equipment offered by him. In no case, the data specified by the COMPANY in the Data Schedule
shall be erased or altered by the CONTRACTOR while he fills out his data.
3 11-TMSS-10 Power and/or Control Cable, Cu. or AI. Conductor, 600/1000V Rating
(Rev.O)
12 32-TMSS-01 Metal Clad Switch Gear, 11kV, 13.8kV, 33kV or 34.5kV (33kV)
(Rev.01)
10F2
15 38-TMSS-03 Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)
(Rev. 1)
23 58-TMSS-02 Air Core Series Reactor, 13.8kV through 380kV (For De-Tuning)
(Rev.O)
20F2
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ '.-TMSS"', Rev.,
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
ASTM B91O/B91OM *
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
4.0
DESCRIPTION
I
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SEC SPECIFIED
VALUES
VENDORPRQ-
POSED VALUES"
~ Page 11 ofl7
Saudi Electricity Company (j ,,4JfoS.U ~J.jLwJ1 ~.;JJI
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
Vl5kV-Red
29. Color of Outer Sheath
3i:1i1' wti~
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
Page 13 of17
Saudi Electricity Company
G --4J+S.ll ~J.".....JI
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
~y1.l1
Manufacturer of
DESCRIPTION VendorlSupplier
MateriallEquipment
Name of Company
Page 14 oft?
Saudi Electricity Company
CJ "4~ ~J,JLwJ1 ;,s.;JJ1
ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
P'IS .- " C. M 0 \ 0
9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE
15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 1 of 4)
SEC Inouirv No: Item No:
SEC
REF
4.0
DESCRIPTION
I I
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SEC SPECIFIED
VALUES
VENDORPR0-
POSED VALUES"
~ Page 11 of 17
Saudi Electricity Company .(j ~4.)foS.U ~J.jlLoWJ1 ~yJJl
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
tfilH Jetl
29. Color of Outer Sheath
tl36 kV - Black
30. Marking Embossed as Specified Yes
31. Overall Diameter of the Cable (mm) *
32. Net Weight of Conductor (Kg/Km) *
33. Conductor DC Resistance at 20C (Ohms/Km) *
34. Conductor AC Resistance at 90C (Ohms/Km) *
35. Inductance (mH/Km) *
36. Inductive Reactance (OhmslKm) *
37. Conductor Impedance at 900C (OhmslKm) *
38. Zero Sequence Impedance Assuming all Current
in Screens:
R (Ohms/Km) *
X (Ohms/Km)
39. Capacitance (uFlKm) *
40. Charging Current (AmpsiKm)
41. Earth Fault Capacitive Current (Amps/Km)
42. Short Circuit Rating of Cable based on Maximum
Conductor Operating Temperature (I Second)
- Conductor (KA)
- Screen (KA)
43. Conductor Temperature before Short Circuit CO C)
44. Conductor Temperature at the end of Short Circuit (0 C)
45. Screen Temperature before Short Circuit (0 C)
46. Screen Temperature at the end of Short Circuit CO C) *
47. System Short Circuit for one Second (kA)
j;flt Hj I:V
25 for 36 kV
48. Permissible load in Amps under Maximum Service
Conditions given in this Specification (Amp) *
49. Maximum pulling Tension (kN)
50. Maximum side wall press (kN/m)
51. Maximum Bending Radius (m)
52. Meets Strippability requirement of AEIC CS-8 Yes
~ p age 12 of17
Saudi Electricity Company (j ~4~ ~J.".....JI ~~I
ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
Page 13 of 17
J'---- _
Saudi Electricity Company
G ~4...>f1ll ~J~I ~yJJl
ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
Manufacturer of
DESCRIPTION Vendor/Supplier
Material/Equipment
Name of Company
~
Page 14 of 17
J _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (j "-TMSS-'., Rev .
4.1 General
POV/~e. t
Cable application (Power or Control) C f'1JT R.eoL
PVGI
Cable installation g TSA.1
(conduit, duct, trays, direct burial, GIS etc.)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~
=11=TM=S==S=1==OR==OfY=====M==============================
Date of Approval: March 18. 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 14
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 'HMSS-'., Rov. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.0 TESTS
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.1 General
- Type of application
(process Control, SCADA, RELAYING
Computer, GIS, etc.) SCADA
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3.1 Conductor:
Material *
Size (mm-) *
Number of strands *
4.3.2 Insulation:
Material *
Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
4.3.4 Size of communication
wire, if applicable (mm-) *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Material *
Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
4.3.7 Inner Jacket (if applicable):
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Sheath material *
Sheath average thickness (mm) *
Sheath minimum
thickness (mm) *
4.3.10 Outer Jacket:
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.3 Cont'd.
Maximum pulling
tension (kN) *
Minimum bending
radius (mm) *
Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/
Of Material/Equipment Contract
Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company
~
11SMSS11R2IAAG PAGE NO.8 OF 15
Saudi Electricity Company
CJ ~4~~j~I~~1
12-SDMS-Ol, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 19-06-2010G
1 Joint! Termination *
11
Creepage Distance (mm)
(Outdoor Termination only)
40 fYIf'J/ K V
List of contents per Kit supplied as per
12 Yes
SEC approved sample
Page 15 of 16
Saudi Electricity Company (j ~~.J+Sll ~..l.,,-ll ~~\
12-SDMS-Ol, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 19-06-2010G
Manufacturer of Vendorl
Description
Material Supplier
Name of Company
Page 16 of 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION'\..) ''-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
~ 2=3""TM==S:::::SO==1==RO==/A===G:::::G=========::===:====:=::::=:================::::======
Date of Approval: Ocotber 9. 2007
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::.J 23-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
4.4.1 Material:
Sealing *
~~;:===========:====:======~===
23TMSS02RO/AAG Date of Approval: August 5, 2006 G PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPEClFlCAHON
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Washers *
Nuts
~
. 2"':3:;;TM=:=:S~S~02~R;:::OI:=:=AA~G=============:;===========::=============
Date of Approval: AugustS, 2006 G PAGE NO. 12 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <:::J 23-TMSS"2, Rev. 0
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
1$
2:::::3T=M':':S~SO:::2::;RO=/AA:=:=:G========::=:===:=':'===:==~:':""'==============
Date of Approval: August 5, 2006 G PAGE NO. 13 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION CJ 24TMSS.Q1, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Tray designation *
Working load capacity (kg/m) *
Safety factor 1.5
4.2 Materials
Type of protection
a) If aluminum alloy,
b) If carbon steel,
~
, =::2~4T;;';M~SS~0:;;1R::;:OIY=BQ:;========;:='===;=:===;=::===:=~=:==========::=:=::=::=:=:=::==:=::::::::::
Date of Approval: March 18,2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 24-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.4 Fabrication
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.1 Fabrication
ABTS/APTS Panel *
RTCC/AVC Panel *
CB Control Panel *
Bus Coupler and Bus Section Panel *
Synchronising Panel *
Mosaic CB Control Panel (if
*
applicable)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Voltage Range
ItPf'L \LA BLf) + \
- 0
"I "
Auxiliary Power Supply DC (Vdc 4 \\0 /12...5
(A~ J\PPLI<AB.O ~& -I'2.11eV' lIoVDe
Voltage Range q 0 - 140 fey I 2.J5 VJ)C
Rated CT Secondary (A) lor 5
120 \I i 2-0
Rated VT Secondary (V) '6" " ~
Indication lamps (LED type) l.ED
4.3 Terminal Blocks
Drawing Attachments:
4.5 Wiring
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.6 Grounding
Current (A)
Number of Contacts
~
. ~31~TM;::::S:;:S===01=:::R~01KV:::=:=:=J========:=======:=================
Date of Approval: February 22, 2006 PAGE NO. 29 OF 30
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 31-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 Rating
For AC system
Panel dimensions (mm)
Width *
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAJPARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDERISUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAJPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
Ah
(*)- DATAJPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER!
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 31TMSS-02, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Depth *
Height *
For DC system
Panel dimensions (mm)
Width *
Depth *
Height *
Degree of protection IP41
~=;3::=1T;::M::;:S:;;::SO;::;1~RO;:;:/I<:V=::=:=:=J========:==:=:======:::::::==================
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 23 OF 29
lr--------------------
I
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Operating Mechanism
(MechanicalJElectrical) *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
MCBtype *
Country of Manufacture *
Catalogue No. *
Nominal Rating (V)
AC voltage (V ae)
DC voltage (V de)
Rating (kVA) *
Type of insulation *
Voltage ratio *
No. of taps on secondary side *
Range of taps *
Vector group Dynll
4.6 Busbars
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Busbars (Continued)
Number of busbars *
Material of busbar *
4.7 Relays, Meters, Instruments & Contactors
Drawing Attachments
Relay one line diagram * YeslNo
Panel layout * YeslNo
Relays
Make *
Type *
ACMeters
KWH meter
Range *
Make *
ACAmmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I
AC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I
DC Ammeter
4; Range
31TMSS01ROIKVJ
*
Date of Approval; May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 27 OF 29
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 31-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c
Make *
Accuracy Class I
DC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I
DC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I
Accuracy Class
Metering 0.5
Protection *
4.10 Wiring and terminal blocks
4.12 Grounding
Size of copper ground bus (mm x mm) *
Type of ground clamp or Conductor *
~.
Size of ground conductor (mnr') *
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 28 OF 29
31TMSS01ROIKVJ
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::.J 31-TMSSoOZ. Rev. 0
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
cA~~=============
- 31TMSS01RO/KVJ Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 29 OF 29
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION G 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0
TERMINAL BLOCKS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~
. ;"3:='1T:::'M;:;S~SO:::=6R==-0:::=/K::::SB========~;:::=;;;:;;::;:;:='::::;r.=:;;:;i91':"':=.5'~~============
Dale ofApproval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 6 OF 8
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0
6 DATA SCHEDULE
TERMINAL BLOCKS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Screw/Spring
Terminal Block Type loaded
CT Terminal Block -Disconnecting CT
Yes
shorting terminal with ground link
VT Circuits Sliding Link
Spare Terminals per Terminal Block *
~=;3:::::1T;:M::::S':::SO:::6':::RO:::IK::::S:;:'B=======::;;;;;~~=::r.=;r:;"E~~~==============
Date of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 7 OF 8
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0
TERMINAL BLOCKS
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
~
=3""1""'TM==:S:==S:;;::06:==R:;;::O/;:;;KS:==B:=========;;:=~77"====;=;~==.'.'=='='===============
Dale of Approval: G. Month dd, yyyy PAGE NO. 8 OF 8
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATlONG===========
. Natural/
Type of cooling F d
If) I r: orce
~~C@ L cr- S~~Oe FGRNt:: vJ SWIT<:Hf,L;ARPP-NE"1.- sHAL.-I..8 J\1,ATCH&i)
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER. fJ./STlrJ6 .5>\!.J I, C.HG-f-AR P'ANEL-
'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
~ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
o 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Dale of Approval:June 30,2010 PAGENO. 26 OF 41
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 32TM""', Rev.,
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Ratings:
J
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .(j=~~~~~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c'
4.3 Contd.
Rated Short-time Withstand
Current of Switchgear, Circuit (kA rms)
Breaker, ES & CT 25v-A
Short-time current Duration (s) ) See.-
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.7 Cont'd.
(SF6/
Breaker Insulation medium
Vacuum) *
Arcing Time
Maximum (ms) *
Minimum (ms) *
Rated opening time (ms) *
Rated Closing Time (ms) *
Rated Reclosing Time (ms) *
Rated Close-Open Time (ms) *
Rated Permissible Tripping Delay (s) *
Minimum Opening Time of the
(ms)
first opening pole of the Breaker
~
32TMSS01 ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 29 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.7 Cont'd.
Sf/AI-I. &. A!: PE/2
5:)(1 ST\N &-
O-0.3s-CO-
3min-CO
Rated Operation Sequence or
O-0.3s-CO-
15s-CO
Operating Mechanism:
Type *
Designation *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.7 Cont'd.
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
Total Number of normally Open (Nos) ...
Total Number of normally ...
(Nos)
Closed
Rated current (Adc) ...
Rated voltage (Vdc) ...
Number of close-open operations
that can be performed by the ...
mechanism before spring recharge
DC Control power
~
32TMSS01 R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 31 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ ================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Analogi
Type of meter
Digital *
4.12 lEDs
lED type / Model number *
Make and country of origin *
it
32TMSS01R01IKVJ Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 32 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ =::::::==========~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.12 Cont'd.
Supported functions *
Supported tools *
Optional functions *
Number of physical connection
in the standard configuration *
(analog and binary)
Supported Communication
interfaces and protocols *
Auxiliary Power
Mounting
Display
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.13 Cont'd.
CT Continuous Thermal Rating
Single ratio CT 120%
Dual ratio CT 120%
CT Ratio(s)
Incomer Circuit
Station Transformer
Busbar Differential
Restricted Earth Fault
CT Burden(s) (VA)/Resistive
burden -Rb
Incomer Circuit (Ohms) *
Bus Tie Circuit (Ohms) *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit (Ohms) *
Station Transformer (Ohms) *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c'
4.13 Contd.
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
sHA-L-L- Br;- *A~
Station Transformer
Voltage Transformer
tt *
Type of construction
Make and country of origin *
32TMSS01ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 35 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<:.J 'HMS"", Roo, 0'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.13 Cont'd.
Insulation Class *
Winding Material. (Cu) *
Rated Voltage Factors *
Rating of Current Limiting Fuse
(Arms) 3
on VT Primary
VT Accuracy Class
0.2/3P or 0.5/3P
(MeteringlRelaying)
Accuracy class to be selected as
per Project! Design requirement
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.18 Cont'd.
~
32TMSS01R01JKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO, 37 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .~=~,,;,,;;;~~~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.20 Grounding
(mmx
Copper grounding bus size *
mm)
4.21 Accessories
Adjustable trolley * YeslNo
Portable device for CB trans. * YeslNo
Relay Test Plug * YeslNo
Test jumper cable * YeslNo
High voltage test plug * YeslNo
Storage box for test plug * YeslNo
Manual operation handle for
CB&ES * YeslNo
Special tools for CBlRelay
maintenance * YeslNo
Recommended Clearances:
In front of the Switchgear (mm) *
At rear of the Switchgear (mm) *
Panel Dimensions (H x D x W)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Contd.
Panel Weight:
Incoming Feeder Panel (kgs.) *
Outgoing Feeder (kgs.) *
Station Service Transformer
feeder
(kgs.) *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.0 TESTS
~
''==::~~~~=======O;:====:=:=====;===:===:='=============;;;:;:;;:FTii;;:::=;:;c::;<;==n
32TMSS01R01/KYJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO, 40 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <::J '2-TMSS"', R.v. 0'
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
. NaturnV
Type of coolmg Force d
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::.J "-TMSS"', Rev, .,
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Ratings:
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Contd.
Rated Short-time Withstand
Current of Switchgear, Circuit (kA rms)
Breaker, ES & CT '2.5 K..A
Short-time current Duration (s) I Set.
Rated Peak withstand current of
Switchgear, CB, ES & CT (2.6 x (kApeak)
Isc) bG~A
Internal arc fault current for l(s) (kA)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.7 Cont'd.
(SF6/
Breaker Insulation medium
Vacuum) *
Arcing Time
Maximum (ms) *
Minimum (ms) *
Rated opening time (ms) *
Rated Closing Time (ms) *
Rated Reclosing Time (ms) *
Rated Close-Open Time (ms) *
Rated Permissible Tripping Delay (s) *
Minimum Opening Time of the
first opening pole of the Breaker
(ms) *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5"'f\~~ e.&: ~ S
4.7 Cont'd. C~. '~"T I tJ G-
O-O.3s-CO-
3min-CO
Rated Operation Sequence or
O-0.3s-CO-
ISs-CO
Operating Mechanism:
Type *
Designation *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.7 Cont'd.
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
Total Number of normally Open (Nos) *
Total Number of normally
(Nos) *
Closed
Rated current (A.!c) *
Rated voltage (Vdc) *
Number of close-open operations
that can be performed by the *
mechanism before spring recharge
DC Control power
. REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Receptacles
Voltage (v.c) 127
Current (Amp) 15
Analog!
Type of meter
Digital *
4.12 IEDs
IED type / Model number *
Make and country of origin *
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
SECTION NO.
4.12 Cont'd.
Supported functions *
Supported tools *
Optional functions *
Supported Communication
interfaces and protocols
*
Auxiliary Power
Mounting
Display
Type ofCT *
Make & country of origin of CT *
Type of CT Insulation Class &
locations
*
~3::2::':TM~S;::;S:::0:;::1R:::07.1/:'::KV7.J========:':='='7:====:=:===::o:=::'='=========;~;;;=;;;~;;;;::;;;:;;::;:;:
Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 33 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ=====~===
32-TM55-01, Rev. 01
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.13 Cont'd.
CT Continuous Thermal Rating
Single ratio CT 120%
Dual ratio CT 120%
CT Ratio(s)
Incomer Circuit ~**
Bus Tie Circuit
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.13 Contd.
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
Station Transformer *
Stl ~....\.. BE" AS
Metering Accuracy Class of CT ff:R ey. \ST\ ,.J fir
Incomer Circuit *
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
Station Transformer *
CT Secondary winding
Resistance at 20C, Ret
(ohms) *
Voltage Transformer
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.13 Cont'd.
Insulation Class *
Winding Material. (Cu) *
Rated Voltage Factors *
VT Secondary Voltage
VT Accuracy Class
0.2/3P or O.S/3P
(Metering/Relaying)
Accuracy class to be selected as
per Project! Design requirement
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.18 Cont'd.
Cv*
No. of cable/phase No
Conductor material (Cu/Al)
Area of Cross section (mm2) 63 0
Station Service Transfomer-l
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/Al) -,
(mm2)
Area of Cross section
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.20 Grounding
(mmx
Copper grounding bus size
mm) *
Recommended Clearances:
In front of the Switchgear (mm) *
At rear of the Switchgear (mm) *
Panel Dimensions (H x D x W)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Contd.
Panel Weight:
Incoming Feeder Panel (kgs.) *
Outgoing Feeder (kgs.) *
Station Service Transformer
(kgs.) *
feeder
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.0 TESTS
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
11 MS;:;S:::':0:;:;:1R:;:'01:7./'rN~J =======;~==;=;=::::='=":"":'~==~=========s'~~=J"i'~:n
=::'32;:;T7: Date of Approval: June 30, 2010
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<::J 35-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
SYSTEM DATA
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Transmission Line
Surge Impedance (ohms) *
Length (kM) *
Underground Cable
Capacitance (IlF/kM) *
Length (kM) *
Capacitor Banks 3~J<-"
Capacitance (MVAR) 5 i I 0/ /5 tIIo/AR.
-----
Others
(Power Transformers,Reactors, GIS
etc.,attach details) *
BIL of Equipment to be protected (kVpeak) * _
4.1 General
Type *
Model Designation *
Location (Indoor/Outdoor)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~
Power frequency Dry Withstand Voltage
(kVrms) *
35TMSS01 RO/MSO Date of Approval: Oelober 10, 2007 PAGE NO. 10 OF 13
l
I
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Power frequency Wet Withstand Voltage
(kVrrns) *
Lightning Impulse Withstand Level
(kVpeak) *
Switching Impulse Withstand Level
(kVpeak) *
Leakage Current Through Arrester
at MCOV (rnA) *
Maximum Energy Absorption Capability
i) kj/kV of Arrester Rating *
ii) kj/kV of MCOV *
4.3 Construction
Porcelain Housing
Color *
Creepage Distance (mm) *
Bending Failing Load (kN) *
Cantilever Strength min. (kN) *
Torsional Strength (kN) *
Compression Strength (kNm) *
No. of stacks in each unit *
Height (mm) *
Internal Pressure Required to Operate
Pressure Relief Device as a Percent of
Pressure Required to Burst Porcelain (%) *
Mounting Arrangement
Mode of mounting(Self
supportinglbracket mounting) *
Bolt circle diameter (mm) *
No. of holes *
Size of bolts (mm) *
Accessories
f);.
Scale range of the leakage Ammeter
(rnA) *
35TMSS01RO/MSO Date of Approval: October 10, 2007 PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .~ ".TMSS"1, Roy. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
f1:
., """'=-:=:-:=:~C:=:=========:=====================
35TMSS01RO/MSO PAGE NO. 12 OF 13
l
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Mounting VerticallHorizontal
Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4
Degree of protection *
Pollution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (V.eNde) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (V.eNde) *
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 Contd.
6,10,13,16,
Rated current (A.c/~c)
20,25,32
Auxiliary contacts
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Verticall
Mounting Horizontal
Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4
Degree of protection *
Pollution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (VaJVde) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (VaJVde) *
Rated impulse (kVp) *
Rated frequency (Hz) 60
37TMSS03RO/MAS
Date of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 12 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPEC'FICATION ~ 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'At 'B' 'C'
4.3 Contd.
Service life at rated load (No.) ~20000
Auxiliary contacts
Number of NO contacts (No.) ""/(
Protections
Metering quantities
Voltage Yes/No
Current Yes/No
Power Yes/No
Energy Yes/No
Power factor Yes/No
f2;====~~=.=::==.=:::==::========:============
37TMSS03ROIMAS Oateof Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 13 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICAn O N e : ; 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Vertical!
Mounting
Horizontal
Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4
Degree of protection *
PoIlution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (V.JVdc) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (V.JVdC) *
Rated impulse (kVp) *
Rated frequency (Hz) 60
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.4 Contd.
Auxiliary contacts
(No.)
*'-*
Carriage locking facility for
withdrawable circuit-breakers * Yes/No
Protections
Overload & SC Yes/No
Over voltage Yes/No
Under voltage Yes/No
Earth fault Yes/ No
Reverse current flow (if required) Yes/No
Unbalance phase voltage (if
Yes/No
required)
Metering quantities
Voltage Yes/No
Current Yes/No
Power Yes/No
Energy Yes/No
Power factor Yes/No
~======:::=.==:=:=~~=====
37TMSS03RO/MAS Dale of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGENO. 15 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:; 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
LV Circuit Breakers
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.0 TESTS
LV Circuit Breakers
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
~===::==;===============
.,..>
37TMSS03ROIMAS Date of Approval: March 31. 2010 PAGE NO. 17 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 38-<MSS"3, Rev. 01
~
=3==ST:::::M""S""SO==3R""1==/K""SB:========:;;;=;:=;=;;===='=O;;::;::;;:::=:::;=::;;;;;;;;;=============
Dateof Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 42 OF 47
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARO SPECIFICATION CJ 3a-TMSS..3, Rev. 01
Manufacturer *
Type (Multi/Single CPU)
Model No. *
6.1.4 Master Communication Interface &
Protocol Scheme for Each Main CPU:
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.5.3 Staus/Alarm Input(Function-Std/Acc.SOE,
Type-IC or 2C/Elect. Form AIB/C)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.5.7 MUlti-Type Iput/Output
Contact Input
Contact Output
Analog Input
Analog Output
Master Communication 1:
Master Communication 2:
1/0 Communication 1:
1/0 Communication 2:
Source DC Voltage
DC Voltage Tolerance
DI Wetting supply
Voltage output
Current Rating
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.10 RTU Enclosure Type
Enclosure Type
Width (mm) 600-1200
Depth (mm) 600-1200
Height (mm) 2200-2285
Cable Entry (Bottom/Top)
RTU to IFCIRTU Distance (mm) *
Field Interfce Cabimnet (IFC)
Width (mm) 600-1200
Depth (mm) 600-1200
Height (mm) 2200-2285
Cable Entry (Bff)
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
~
. ~3:':'8T=M7:S:::S=03:=R':':1/K:':':S:::B;==========;;;;:E=:~~~~~:;=;;;:;;;c================~
DateofApproval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 47 OF 47
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 38.TMSS-05, Rev. 0
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.1 General
Drawing Attachments:
a. Panel Layout Yes
b. WiringlInterconnection Block Diagrams Yes
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Width (mm) *
Height (mm) *
No. of Alarm Points
Window Size
Width (mm) *
Height(mm) *
Letter Size (mm) *
Arrangement of Alarm Display Windows
No. of Rows *
No. of Columns *
Programmable LED by (flashing rate/color) _
Gt ~~~::==========~=:=:===:=:=:':==============
38TMSS05ROIYBQ Date of Approval: August 6, 2006 G PAGE NO. 18 OF 20
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATlON.(j -TMSS..., Rev. 0
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c
4.7 Power Supply
I~?
Nominal DC Voltage (Vdc) iI 0
DC Voltage Range
Minimum (Vdc)
No.ofPhaseslWires
5.0 TESTS
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS
Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company & Date
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving iron or solid-state) *
CT Ratio
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Frequency (Hz) *
Accuracy Class (Inst. rms/Demand) *
Power Consumption (VA) *
Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the
Meter Case (IP) *
Long duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Short duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Resolution (%) *
LAN Capability Yes.
Communication Protocol
Communication Speed (Baud Rate) N
Applicable Codes and Standards *
METERING DEVICES
TRANSMISSION MATERIALSSTANDARD SPECIFICATION\.:) 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm)
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
/;~=====:===:============
40TMSS02ROIDB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 17 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
DC Voltmeter
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (moving coil) *
Scale Range (A)! Scale Deflection (0) .-
Display Character size (mm x mm) *
Accuracy Class
&
. 40TMSS02RO/DB Dateof Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 1B OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Connection
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~,~===::===:================
40TMSS02ROIDB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 20 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:..; 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Energy Meter
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving iron or solid-state) *
Connection ., * :/c.
CTRatio
* *"f.
PT Ratio
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~
==:;40::;TM~S;:;:S:;::02;:;:R:::'0/;;:O;:"B========;:=~:=:===:=:,:=:===:=-=:,,:,===============
Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 22 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .\,j,===========
40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Location
Type Designation/Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving coil or solid-state for Inst.
Frequency Meter & vibration reed type for
Synchronizing Double Frequency Meter) *
PT Ratio
Accuracy Class
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Application
Type Designation/Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving coil or solid-state) . *
CTRatio
PTRatio
Pewer Consumption
Current circuit (VA) *
Voltage circuit (VA) *
Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the Meter Case (IP) *
Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)
:METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Synchroscope
Location
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Indication Type (pointer) *
PT Ratio
Power Consumption
Incoming line side (VA) *
Bus side (VA) *
METERING DEVICES
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Location
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (moving coil or solid state) *
Indication Type (Analog or Digital) *
Tap Position Range
METERING DEVICES
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 Cont'd.
Capacitor Bank Rated Voltage (kVrms) \5. 1 s
3-phase Bank Reactive Power Rating at
Rated Voltage (MVAR) 1-
Bank Insulation Level (BIL) (kVpeak) 125" I<. V
Rated power frequency withstand
voltage(kVrms) ~O
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Cont'd.
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.4 Cont'd.
BIL of Capacitor Unit (kVpeak) t-
Rated power frequency withstand voltage
(kV rms) fi..
Tank material of Capacitor Unit
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.5 Cont'd,
4.6 Terminals
Fuse:
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.9.1 Cont'd.
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
SEC PTS No.lProject Title with 1.0. No. _'---- p-rs.- 1\ ('M 0 I 0 _
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4,2 Ratings
~"'==:;::::':'==='=========";"'====:=======================
43TMSS01 ROIDS PAGE NO. 10 OF 16
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 Cont'd.
Capacitor Bank Rated Voltage (kVnns) 3b3
3-phase Bank Reactive Power Rating at
Rated Voltage (MVAR) ?/loll~
Bank Insulation Level (BIL) (kV peak) 'Z5t'> \,\.V
it
"I
Rating including harmonics (Arms)
43TMSS01 ROIDB
*
Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (j 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Cont'd.
~ (Arms) *
43TMSS01 RO/DS Date of Approval:August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 12 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS Sf ANDARD S'EC!FICATlON <:::J 43- TMSS-01, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.4 Cont'd.
BIL of Capacitor Unit (kV peak) ~.
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.5 Cont'd.
4.6 Terminals
Fuse:
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.9.1 Cont'd.
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Nominal System Voltage (kV) 3.3v...\f
~ ~~~~=======================
50TMSS01 RO/JSG PAGE NO. 10 OF 15
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006
TRANSMISSION MATERIAlS STANDARD SPECIFICATION G 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
4.1 Ratings
~
u~T f-fS I rJ
(ltv o0c9f)
50TMSS01 RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 15
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS01, Rev. 0
Name of Manufacturer *
Type (Porcelain/Cast Resin) *
Make Designation
Size (mm-)
J,---------I
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
Type ofProtection(back / /
up/differential/distance protection etc)
Accuracy Class
t~~============
50TMSS01RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 15
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION (J 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0
Specified Tap
Dimensioning parameter -K *
Excitation limiting secondary *
Voltage -Ual (Volts)
Mechanical Tests
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
~~====~
50TMSS01 RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 15 OF 15
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARe SPECIFICATION (j SO-TMSS..', Rev, 0
P'S--Il
SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. ---'-- --'----- e(V\ 010 _
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
~~===========
50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: August 28, 2006 PAGE NO. 8 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARe SPECIFICATION .~ 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.1 Ratings
~~~=============
50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: Augusl2B, 2006 PAGE NO.9 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANCARC SC!FICAnON (j 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Accuracy class:
Secondary - 1
Secondary - 2
4.2 Construction
lEC ASTM
Applicable Standard
60836 D4652
Color (Max.)
=:;:SO=TM:7.S='=S;:'03='=R;:'0JS
/:7. = ' = G : = = =Date
== of= =====
Approval:August 28,= = = = = = = = = = = = =PAGE
2006 = =NO.
== 10 =
OF =
13
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION<::J 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
IEC ASTM
Applicable Standard
60836 D4652
Appearance * *
Viscosity Max. at 40 40+4 39
C (mm' Is)
PCB content * *
4.2.3 High Voltage Insulator Housing
Name of Manufacturer *
Type (Porcelain/Silicon Rubber)
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.0 TESTS
JL----~~~~_
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Classification/Type of oil *
Manufacturer's Designation of oil *
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Color, Max. *
Kinetic Viscosity, Max. (mmvs) at :
-30 DC 1800 *
o DC * 76
+ 40 DC .u, u.
+IOODC * 3.0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
As delivered
* 0.05 %
0.005 *
* 0.30%
- in Drums 40 {
{ 35
- in Tank container 30 {
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
P. C. B Content
5.3 DBDS
Passivator
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'e'
J,--' _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATlON~ .4-TMSS.01, Rev. 01
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
J _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J .8-TMSS"', Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2.2 (continued)
High frequency out-rush current
lour (kApeak) *
Out-rush current frequency fob (Hz) *
Rated short circuit withstand current
(kA) for 1 second 26kA
Thermal short-time overcurrent (kApeak)
Harmonic voltage distortion factor Fhu "**
BIL (kVpeak) *
Power frequency withstand voltage
(kV nns) *
Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage
(BSL) if applicable (kV peak) *
Total Losses at 75C and 110% rated
voltage (kW) at in-rush frequency *
Q-factor at in-rush frequency *
Impedance at rated frequency (ohm) *
Thermal class of insulation *
Temperature rise C *
Voltage drop (V) *
4.2.3 Tuning (Filter) Reactors
Nominal System Voltage UN (kV nns) '33 ",v
Rated inductance LA (mH) at tuning
frequency t.cftzr rvs
Inductance tolerance for principal tap Max 5%
Tapping Range (%) (if applicable)
Inductance Step (%)
i:
t
Number of steps )C
Inductance tolerance at other taps
Fundamental current rating IN (A) *
Rated tuning frequency current IA
(A)
Rated tuning frequency fA (Hz)
~
/K;:=;
-:;58==r="M;:;ss="0;:;2R="07. SS=== = = = = = ===:= =:=:'=
Dateof ===:-=:===
Approval: ':'7:==::==
August6, 2006 G = = = = = = =='PAGE
='' =':7:'''':':'''='7':
NO. 10 OF 12
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION~ 58TMSS-02, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Rated short time current IKN (kA) and
*1* 1
duration
Mechanical peak current (kApeak) *
Type of filter (band-pass/high pass)
BIL (kVpeak)
Power frequency withstand voltage
(kVrms)
Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage
(BSL) if applicable (kVpeak)
Total Losses at 75C and 110% rated
voltage (kW) at tuning frequency *
Q-factor at tuning frequency *
Impedance at rated frequency (ohm) *
Thermal class of insulation *
Temperature rise C *
Voltage drop (V)
(for each tap and principal tap) *
Power Network Single line Diagram ,,/
Yes~
enclosed
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Approximate shipping Dimensions
(mm) *
Approximate shipping weight (kg) *
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
F",.., ""'' ' '. Dateof Approval: August6, 2006 G PAGE NO, 12 OF 12
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<::J 70-TMSS-02, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.0 MATERIALS
6.1 Wires
Clip Wire t
6.2 Posts & Rails
ToplBrace Rail
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Comer Post
Personnel Gate
Width(mm)
Height (mm)
Main Gate
Width(mm)
Height (mm)
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
i) Coarse Aggregates
Type 1t
Mass (kg/nr') .y
Nominal Size (mm) !K
j) Admixture:
Type ?it
Brand If'
Dosage (11m3 ) ~
10.0 TESTS
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
NameIBrand :t
e) Req'd Min. Cylindrical Compressive ,2.8
Strength @ 28 Day Strength(MPa)*
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
i) Coarse Aggregates
Type
Mass (kglm3)
Nominal Size (mm)
j) Admixture:
Type
Brand
Dosage (lim')
10.0 TESTS
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
SEC PTS No./Project Title with 1. O. No. 'P"-s ..-, \(;1t\ b 1c:.J
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 Ratings
~~==========
90TMSS03ROIMHS Date of Approval: June 24, 2008 PAGE NO. 15 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATE.lACS STANOARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 90-TMSS-03, Rev. 0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2 (Continued)
5.0 TESTS
Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/
ofMateriallEquipment _ _----"''''''''''''''''~
Contractor _
Name of Company
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company
J"- _
APPENDIX III
The CONTRACTOR shall provide Technical Data Manuals as applicable for the
substation equipment and underground cable systems installed under the PROJECT.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit at least two (2) sets of manuals for review and
approval by the COMPANY at least two (2) months prior to the mechanical completion
date of the PROJECT. After COMPANY approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit
three (3) sets of final approved manuals two (2) weeks before mechanical completion
date of the PROJECT.
2. Substation Equipment
The Technical Data Manuals for the substation equipment, as applicable, shall include
the following information as a minimum pertaining to the major substation equipment
installed under the PROJECT.
For protection relays, transducers, fault recorders and metering, the technical
data shall be provided by the manufacturer/CONTRACTOR as stated below:
APPENDIX '"
a. Protection Relays
The technical data for the protection relays shall include data for all protection,
lockout and auxiliary relays installed for the protection of the substation
equipment, overhead lines and underground cables.
b. Transducers
c. Fault Recorders
The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-OTR OS3.
d. Metering
The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-MET OS4.
e. UndergroundCables
The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-UGC OS6
The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-EQP OS1
3. Underground Cables
The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data data applicable for XLPE Cables,
splices and terminations as per details of updated data schedules of the relevant
COMPANY material standard specifications (TMSS and SMSS) stamped by the
manufacturer.
In addition to the above mentioned TMSS and SMSS data schedules, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide additional information in the attached form no. PTO-UGC
OS6
SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT
POWER
ITEM # DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SERIAL # REMARKS
DISPATCH #
Page 1 of 5
TECHNICAL DATA FOR PROTECTION RELAYS
MANUFACTURER
ITEM # COMPONENTS FUNCTION CATALOG # REMARKS
ORDER #
Page 1 of 1
TECHNICAL DATA FOR FAULT RECORDERS
YEAR OF COMPONENTS
ITEM # MANUFACTURER MODEL #
MANUFACTURE DESCRIPTION DRAWING # PART #
Pagelofl
TECHNICAL DATA FOR METERING EQUIPMENT
Page 1 of1
TECHNICAL DATA FOR UNDERGROUND CABLES
Page 50f5
APPENDIX IV
The BIDDER shall fill in Annex A & C which shows equipment salient features along with the
Technical Proposal. The BIDDER shall also fill in Annex B which shows the documents
submitted along with the Technical Proposal
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
Note: Strike-off items which are not applicab/e to this project Page 1 of 3
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
Note: Strike-off items which are not applicab/e to this project Page 2 of3
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
!Jote: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page ~~ of 3
ANNEX B
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of Equipment! Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
A. SUBSTATION EQPT/MATL.
1 Power Transformer
380/230kV
230/a9kV
115/13.8kV
a9/13.8kV
2 Capacitor Banks
33kV
13.8kV
3 Shunt Reactor
4 Air Core Reactors
33kV
13.8kV
5 Cricuit Breaker
380kV
230kV
115kV
a GIS Equipment
380kV
230kV
115kV
7 CCVT/CVTIVT
380kV
230kV
115kV
33kV
13.8kV
8 Free Standing Current Transfomer
380kV
230kV
115kV
eokv
33kV
13.8kV
9 Relay & Control Panels
10 Metalclad Switchgear
34.5kV
33kV
13.8kV
11 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
12 Surge Arrester
380kV
230kV
115kV
30kV
13.8kV
13 Station Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 1 of 3
ANNEXB
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of Equipment! Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
33kV
14 Wall Bushing
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
15 Batteries Charger
16 Batteries
17 Annunciator System
18 Fire Protection & Signalling System
17 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
20 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
21 SCADARTU
22 Dig. Trans. Fault Recorder
23 Sequence of Event Recorder
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION
B.
LINE MATERIAL
1 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
2 Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable
3 Pilot Cable 19 pairs
4 Link Box for U/G Power Cable
5 Sheath Voltage Limiter
C. O/H TRANSMISSION LINE
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
1 Overhead Line Conductor
2 Overhead Ground Wire
3 Tubular Steel Pole
4 Lattice Steel Structure
5 Wood Pole
6 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV
Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 2 of 3
ANNEXB
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of EquipmenU Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
7 Line Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
8 Suspension Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
9 Composite Overhead Optical
Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
10 Fiber Optic Joint Box
11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 3 of 3
ANNEXC
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS
No. .. ....
Description of Equipment!
Manufacturer
Country of
Orinin
Type/
ModAl
Tech. Info.
' In.... -" 1#
1 Relay & Control Panels
2 Feeder Protection
a. Distance Relay
Set 1 (21P)
Set 2 (21S)
b. Directional Comparison
Earth Fault Relay
Set 1 (67NP)
Set 2 (67NS)
c. longitudinal/Pilot Wire
Differential Relay
Set 1 (87lP)
Set 2 (87lS)
d. Back-up Inverse Time Overcurrent
Relay with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51N)
e. Back-up Directional Overcurrent
Relav with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51 )
Neutral (67N)
f. Synchrocheck Relay (25)
g. Auto Reclosing Relay (79)
h. PT Fuse Failure Relay
3 Power Transformer Protection
a. OlTC Control Panel
b. Differential Relay (87 T)
c. Restricted Earth Fault Relay
HV Side (87 REF-HV)
lV Side (87 REF-HV)
d. Back-up HV side Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51 N)
Ground (50/51 G)
e. Back-up Secondary side Directional
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Inst. Unit
Phase (67)
Neutral (67G)
f. Back-up lV side Neutral Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
g. Tertiary Winding Inverse Time
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Instantaneous Unit (50/51TW)
h. HV Side Over Fluxing Relay (99T)
4 Grounding Transformer Protection
a. Restricted Earth Fault Relay (87 GT)
Page 1 of3
Page 2 013
No. ..
Description of Equipment!
Manufacturer
Country of
Orinin
Type/
MnnAI
Tech. Info.
I'n C' .... #.
Set2 (59S)
d. For Neutral Point Unbalance
Set 1 (59NP)
Set 2 (59NS)
46UB
e. Bus Over Voltage Relays
Set 1 (59BP)
Set 2 (59BS)
f. Bus Under Voltage Relay
Set 1 (27BP)
Set 2 (27BS)
11 Protection Signalling/Communication
Interface Equipment
a. For Distance Protection
b. For Pilot Wire Differential Protection
c. Breaker Failure Scheme
d. For Longitudinal Differential Protection
12 other Relays
a. Under frequency Relay (81)
b. Lockout Relay (86)
c. Timers (62)
d. Tripping Relay (94)
e. Tripping & Lockout Relay Supervision
f. DC Supply Supervision Relay (74)
g. Test Switches
13 Bidder to Specify and List other Relays
and Devices
Page 3 of3
(A) (B)
PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SECREQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)
Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
(AI (Bl
PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO./ SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)
Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
33kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
5MVAR VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _
(A) (B)
PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10 YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)
Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
13.8kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
5MVAR VOLTAGE :13.8kV TYPE :_ _
(A) (B)
PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)
Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
33kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _
(A) (B)
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY'
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OPERATING MECHANISM FOR 33KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
TYPE: -------
MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURE :_ _
CAl CBl
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE: 33KV TYPE: _
(AI (BI
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
(AI (B)
PART
ITEM MFR. SEC
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NO. NAME REQ.
TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OPERATING MECHANISM FOR 13.8KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
TYPE : _
(A) (B)
PART
ITEM MFR. SEC
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NO. NAME REQ.
TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE: 33KV TYPE: _
(AI (BI
PART
ITEM MFR. SEC
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NO. NAME REQ.
TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.
Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
VOLTAGE: TYPE:
fA) (B)
PART SEC
MFR. NO.1 REQ. MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10
ITEM DESCRIPTION NAME TYPE QTY. YRS OPERATION)
MCCB- AC panel board sub circuits (Each Rating) 5%
Main Breaker DC panel board (Each type/Ratino) 5%
MCCB- DC panel board sub circuits (Each Ratlna) 5%
Light control devices 5%
Cartridoe Fuses- all ampere ratings-each type 5%
33kV XLPE Cable 400m
13.8kV XLPE Cable 100 m
Terminal Hardware each type as used 5%
Out door CT each type and Ratino as used 5%
Out door VT each type and Rating as used 5%
33kV Cable sealing end each type as used 5%
13.8kV Cable sealing end each type as used 5%
Note:Quantity mentioned as 5% above of the actual supply shall be rounded to the next whole number.
APPENDIX V
PTS-11 CM01 0, SCADA Spare Parts for
Power Factor Correction in Hail
VOLTAGE: TYPE:_ _
I-----
I-----
f-----
20 % of offered modules as spares --
I-
--
{NOT APPLICABLE}
APPENDIX VII
(PTS-11CM0101
i 1. INTRODUCTION.
CONTENTS
a) General.
b) System Details.
REVISIONS
2. LIST OF RELATED SPECIFICATIONS.
PIlEPAREDBY: _ _ -I
DATE:
3. PROTECTION MODIFICATIONS IN 13.8kV & 33kV SWITCHGEARS
CHK'DBY:
6. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
BY:
13.8kV & 33kV Relaying & Metering One Line Diagram - Refer Appendix I.
DATE:
THIS DOCUMENT IS
Nor TO BE USED FUR
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIXVII 1
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
"
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
a) GENERAL
The 13.8kV & 33kV bus bars in the stations indicated above are with two
Transformers and two bus sections and Three Transformers with three
sections. The 13.8kV side of the transformer is star connected and the
neutral is solidly grounded. The scheme contemplates that the capacitor
bank is to be switched in and out in accordance with the MVAr loading
THIS DOCUMENT IS
Nor TO BE USED FOR measured on the HV side of the 132/13.8kV and 33/13.8kV Transformers,
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERJNG persisting for a settable time and the preset value of the voltage on the
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
33kVl13.8kV bus for a pre set magnitude of time.
APPENDlXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS OF 00
11CM010 17
fJ
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK'DBY:
2. LIST OF RELATED SEC SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDERNO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
J
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.1 General
l, Except for the protection and control equipments of the capacitor banks
ii. Control & Protection Panels and Automatic Capacitor Control System
(ACCS) for shunt capacitor banks shall be provided as detailed in Section
(4) below.
REVISIONS
I"REPAREDIYl _ _ -I iii. Wherever new feeder panels will be used for reconnecting existing
DATE:
circuits, it shall be required to provide all protections available for this
CHK'DBY:
circuit presently.
iv. For capacitor feeders the CTs, VTs, trip coils, tripping arrangements, DC
supervision, trip Circuit supervision, control requirements, etc, the
appropriate clauses for Section 4 (Capacitor Bank Protection) and PTS
shall prevail.
v. The DC supply for the new switchgear and modified panels for capacitor
banks shall be separately derived from the existing DC panel with suitable
modification as per PTS and as per section 4(b) below.
vi. The VTs for protection, metering, and control of the capacitor bank shall
be on the bus side of the capacitor control circuit breaker. If buses VTs
are not available at present it shall be provided.
vii. Necessary modification of the tripping circuits of all the CBs on the
switchgear shall be required to accomplish the CBF tripping as mentioned
in the Capacitor Protection ReqUirements (section 4). Similarly in case of
Bus bar protection relay operates, it should trip out the capacitor CB also.
BY:
viii. There shall be interlock to ensure that capacitor CB closing shall not be
n....TE:
possible before energizing the corresponding busbar. Similarly all
interlocking requirements as required by the specifications for control,
ACCS, and protection of the capacitor bank shall be incorporated in the
new switchgear.
ix. Existing busbar protections shall be modified for including the additional
1HIS DOCUMENT JS
Nor TO BE USED FOR switchgear also. The BB protection CT of the switchgear panel shall be
CONSI'RUCI10N OR
FOR ORDERING wired to existing respective CT ring of that bus section. The BB trip Relay
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
of respective bus section shall trip the CB of the capacitor bank
connected to that bus section. Also Close block for the capacitor Bank
CBs shall be provided from respective BB protection trip UO Relays. If
APPENDIXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
i
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
the existing trip UO Relays shall not have adequate No. of contacts then
the trip UO relay shall be replaced with the Relay of adequate No. of
contacts. Activation of UO Relay from a UO Relay shall not be allowed.
Care shall be taken that after complete modification there must at least
20% spare contacts for Future/Emergency use.
i x. In case when grounding is out side the busbar protection CTs, suitable
CT shorting and isolating arrangement should be provided for preventing
false tripping of busbar during earth faults.
xi. Incase when additional outdoor CBs will be provided for switching of the
capacitor bank, these breakers together with the existing upstream CBs
shall satisfy all the protection, control and interlocking requirements
REVISIONS
described in the above paragraphs.
PREPARED.lY; ---f
i. Additionally there shall be interlocks such that the old upstream CB
DATE:
can be opened only after opening the outdoor capacitor CB and
CHK'DBY:
similarly the outdoor capacitor CB can be closed only after closing
the old upstream CB.
ii. Any capacitor closing or tripping shall be possible only through the
new outdoor CB rated for capacitor switching.
iii. In case of a fault on the upstream of the outdoor CB, the over
current relay on the existing switchgear shall initiate the lock out
relay of the capacitor bank and also a timer which shall after delay
trip the up stream CB. However the interlocks between the CBs
shall ensure that the capacitor CB is opened before the upstream
CB tripping.
iv. Separate unit protection (high impedance type) shall be provided for
the cable connection between outdoor CB (CB to be included) and
the existing indoor switchgear CB. Cable protection shall trip the
capacitor CB at the first instant and then trip the upstream breaker
after the time delay.
BY:
v. Similarly busbar protection shall at first trip the capacitor CB and
DATE:
then trip the upstream CB after time delay.
APPENDIXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDERNO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PT8- OF 00
11CM010 17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK'DBY:
protection and the Cable protection (87PW) shall over lap each other. The
contractor shall install pilot wire protection Relay with separate trip lockout
Relay in the same Relay Panel. Necessary pilot wire and pilot wire
APPROVED
connection shall be the contractor's responsibility.
The CT wiring from the switchgear panel to the Relay panel shall be of
adequate size,
C) Protection Modification for The spare panel to be used for the outgoing
Circuit shifted from one bus section to another bus section
Existing CTs shall be first checked from site and if the existing CTs are not
same as of spare panel, then new set of CTs shall be installed. However
33kV/13.8kV BB protection CT shall be identical to existing BB Protection
CT. New CT required shall be of the same type and shall have the same
dimensions to fit in the existing switchgear.
If the out going circuit shifted is UlG Cable feeder and the installed
protection in the spare panel is for UlG cable feeder then no major
protection modification shall be required only the contractor shall check the
BY:
compatibility of the Pilot wire differential protection with the remote end any
DATE:
Relay module or auxiliary Relay needed shall be the contractors
responsibility.
If the out going circuit is OHL line and the existing protection in the spare
panel is for U/G cable feeder then the existing pilot wire protection shall be
dismantled and new Distance protection + DEF protection and Auto
TIllS DOCUMENT IS
Nor TO BE USED FOR Reclose Relay shall be installed the panel shall be modified to bring it par
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING
forSEC-EOA
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DAlEO
If the existing protection in the spare panel is for OHL line and the out
going circuit shifted is U/G cable feeder ,the existing distance Relay + DEF
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIXVII 6
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
I !
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Relay and Auto Reclose Relay shall be removed and new pilot wire
protection (MBCI+MCRI+MRTP01 +MMLG02) shall be installed in the
panel. The Protection must be identical and compatible with the remote end
of the UG cable feeder. The panel shall fully comply with SEC-COA
specifications for U/G Cable feeder).
I If the existing spare or new breaker is used for existing cable feeder when
the feeder swapping is envisaged to accommodate the position for
capacitor bank - For UG cable feeder circuit's care shall be taken that
87PW Pilot wire protection Relay shall be identical and compatible with the
Relay at the remote end. However supervision/supervised module shall be
selected accordingly. If the new Relay shall be installed in the new panel
then the modification shall also be carried out at remote end for identical
protection.
REVISIONS
1'1IP...... y, _ _ -I
The existing schematic Drawings shall be Modified/ reproduced
accordingly.
DATE:
CHK'DBY:
Alarm indications shall be as per SEC-COA latest version.
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORREcnON IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
n
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
7) VT supervision for all Voltage transformers. (By voltage and MCB aux
contact).
REVlSIONS
8) Trip Circuit Supervision (CB open and Closed Position) as per SEC
I'1lEPAIlED BY: ----I
specification.
DATE:
CHK'BY:
9) Capacitor Discharge Timers, Interlock Timers (Additional to the PLC
assigned functions)
There shall be two groups of protections such that failure of anyone group
shall not jeopardize timely clearance of the fault. The scheme shall be such
that any type of fault shall be detected by minimum two principles preferably
one from voltage source and the other from a current source. The two
protection groups can utilize multifunction relays, which need not be
essentially identical or comprising the same functions. (See typical
BY:
Protection Logic Diagrams CT-904241, vide Appendix 1)
DAn:
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
"
t
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
b) Tripping Schemes
All protection and tripping DC circuits shall be logically segregated into two
groups operating on the two Station DC systems and to the two CB Trip coils
appropriately. DC supply Supervisions, Trip Circuit supervision etc shall be
as per relevant specifications and practice applicable. Any type of fault
REVISIONS
detected simultaneously by current relay as well as by voltage relay shall be
I'IlEPAREDBY: _ _-{
operating on two different trip coils. Also if any fault is to be detected by a
second set of identical relay, then also the segregation shall be made.
DATE:
CHK'DBV:
Note:
Suitable timers shall be provided such that sufficient time interval shall be
allowed as recommended by that Capacitor Bank Manufacturer between
tripping and closing operations. Also there shall be provision for preventing
simultaneous closure of more than one bank. Sufficient time intervals (to
allow settling of transients) shall be provided between the switching in of two
banks. These interlocks shall be in addition to the logic controller (ACCS)
software configurations.
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
llCM010 17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The capacitor bank shall be in the double star configuration with the neutral
floating but inter connecting the neutrals of both the star connected element
of the bank, with provision of the current transformer with full primary
insulation, with suitable ratio, in such a manner that when one percent of the
capacitors fails, it shall be possible for being sensed and alarm is to be
REVISIONS
initiated. In the event of failure of large number of series capacitor (10% or
I'IIEPAlUIDBY; _ _ -I more), rendering higher level differential currents the capacitor bank shall be
arranged for tripping.
DATE:
CHK'DBY:
The prime point of consideration shall be the required voltage factor and the
corresponding time which, each phase unit is to be rated, in view of its
AI'TROVED applicable system neutral, which is resistance grounded, to avoid
catastrophic failures of capacitor bank, in the event of delayed clearance of
any possible line to ground faults.
APPENDIXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIXVlI 10
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The sixth harmonic content and the crest voltage to which the capacitor bank
is subject is to be studied and the voltage is to be suitably contained or the
capacitors are to be rated, in accordance with the system conditions.
The over current Protection shall be peak detector including the harmonics
but supervised by the Positive sequence direction sensor with the timer
supplement. In the event of currents discharges in to the parallel circuits the
Protection is to be blocked. The utility value of imparting direction feature,
the relay to see only the current flowing into the capacitor and not the
REVISIONS
discharges when any adjacent feeder trips on fault and thus making the
capacitor bank being available and thus providing VARs in accordance with
PRErAREDBY; _ _ -I
DATE;
the available voltage on the bus while clearing the fault. In the event of
CHK'DBY:
forward current increases inclusive of the harmonics the current function will
have to be activated for accomplishing the tripping of the capacitor bank.
APPENDIXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDERNO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PT8- OF 00
11CM010 17
f
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The rating of the breaker is to be checked for the suitability for the frequent
switching on and off the capacitor bank and also to handle the extreme fault
level of 25kA-1 sec for 33kVl13.8kV level. The supplier shall confirm that the
BY:
breaker is entirely re-strike free.
DATE:
The contractor shall provide the following details of the breaker adopted for
the control of the capacitor Bank.
APPENDlXVII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 12
Joa ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
f
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Tripping time
Breaker Capability Notes:
The TRV capability of the CB and the system TRV during the process of
i
opening under all conditions of operation, must be matched in such a way
that the TRV capability of the CB is not exceeded under any circumstances,
but limited to the safe level recommended by the manufacturer of the CB. In
the event of calculation indicates that at any point of time from the instant of
opening the breaker under certain conditions, the System TRV generated, is
exceeding the with stand capability of the CB, or touching the level with in
adequate safety margin, suitable limiting action for the surges are to be
adopted in such a manner that there exists always a safety margin of
REVISIONS specified magnitude from the with stand capability of the CB.
CHK'DBY: 1) For conducting the study and assessing the harmonics in the stations
and to establish the method to filter.
5) To check the suitability of the breaker for breaking duty in the event of
BY:
an inter rack fault, at the critical point of the capacitor string depending
DATE: on the design of the bank.
1) 800-400/1 AMP, 15VA at the lowest Ratio Class 5P20 for the Directional OIL
and ElF Protections with IPCT for metering.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONsrRUcnoN OR 2) 800-400/1 AMP, 15VA at the lowest Ratio, Class 5P20 for the Backup OIC +
FOR ORDEJUNG
MATEJtIALS UNTIL
Thermal OIL and ElF Protections.
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4) 800-400/1 AMP, 15VA at the lowest Ratio Class 5P20 for the Directional OIL
and ElF Protections with IPCT for metering.
5) 800-400/1 AMP, 15VA at the lowest Ratio, Class 5P20 for the Backup OIC +
Thermal OIL and ElF Protections.
REVISIONS
6) Three x Single Phase PTs of 33kVl"3I11 01"3Vx11 OI"SV, (50+50) VA, Class
PREPAIlEDBY: _ _-I
(0.5+3P) for Protection, Metering and ACCS equipments. These VTs shall
DAn:
be on the busbar side of the switchgears. However, the existing VT ratio at
CBK'DBY:
each of the SIS shall be checked.
Note: All the above specifications are the minimum values only. The
contractor shall verify the existing and propose new CTNT in
line with the existing ones and confirm adequacy by calculations
subject to SEC approval.
Automatic Control
The switching IN and OUT of the capacitor bank shall be in accordance with the
descriptions in the "Control Requirements" under Section 5.03 of the Scope of
Works and Technical Specifications of the PTS.
Note: All the Switching shall be from the Capacitor Control and Relay
panels. The Circuit Breaker Panel feeding the Capacitor Bank shall
be such that CB closing shall not be possible locally, except in "CB
drawn out position".
BY:
Alarm and Indications
The alarm organization for capacitor banks shall be such that all protection and
control functions shall be indicated on annunciator windows. This shall include
monitoring functions such as DC supervision, AC supervisions, trip circuit
supervision, VT supervision, relay fault indications as per standard practices
nns DOCUMENT IS subject to SEC approval. Each bank shall have separate annunciators with
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
sufficient spare windows mounted on the capacitor control panel. Possible
FOR ORDERING grouping of alarms are acceptable for SCADA points as per SEC-COA policies.
MATERIALS UNTH..
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIXVII 14
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SCADA
The supplier shall design and install appropriate SCADA system for Capacitor
Banks remote control and monitoring in line with the requirements of SEC
concerned department. It shall be ensured that burdens on Measuring CTs due
i 6.
to the distance to transducer location shall be with in limits.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
All the main protection relays shall be of numerical type and facility shall be
available for setting the relays through the local HMI and also facility to down
load the setting from the PC to be supplied together with the applicable
programme, one set along with PC to be supplied. Minimum drawing submittal
REVISIONS
shall be as, but not limited to, the following.
PREPARED BY: ----I
DATE:
A. Submittal of Drawings
CIIK'DBY:
1. Drawing index shall be available at the beginning of each set of drawing
describing the subject of each sheet or group of sheets and its issue
AI'I'IlOVED number.
2. A full detailed legend describing the equipment type and how to read the
drawings shall be given.
DATE:
7. Each sheet shall be titled as per the function, such as "Tripping Relay-1, DC
Distribution, etc."
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDERNO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PT5- OF 00
11CM010
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
10. Single line diagram shall be submitted first. This diagram shall show the
layout, rating, standard device number, the number of phases and the
relative location of each equipment as appropriate, then followed by the
detailed logic diagram and the schematic diagram for each bay showing the
internal detailed connection and wiring (or referred to in an attached
standard drawing if necessary).
1. The supply for each type of protection, tripping circuit and alarm shall be
derived directly from the main DC distribution board independently for each
bay. Internal looping of such supplies shall not be acceptable either in
control or protection panels and each MCB shall be equipped with an alarm
REVISIONS
contact covering both automatic and manual operation.
PREPAllEDBY: _ _ -I
DATI::
2. The supply connections shall be made point to point with supply terminals
OIK1>BY:
covered with plastic cover and proper supply supervision relays shall be
provided.
DATE:
6. Colour coded cables shall be used for VT circuit.
7. Supply to any cubicle shall be through a labeled terminal block with the cable
supply on one side and the internal connection on the other. Wires shall be
terminated by insulated lug.
rms DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 8. Each equipment inside a panel shall be properly labeled in its function on
CONSTRUCTION
FOR ORDERING
OR
metallic sheet.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
9. Each trip isolation link shall be labeled with red sleeve.
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
D. Miscellaneous
i 3.
panels.
4. For each relay and device the detailed catalogues covering working
principle, pre-commissioning tests, operation and maintenance, setting
procedures shall be provided in original documents and not photo copies.
REVISIONS
CHK'DBl':
E. Ferruling:
......,VED Ferruling of both internal and external secondary wiring should follow IEC
391 , Fig.14d.
***END OF APPENDIX-VII***
BY:
DATE:
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED mR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX-VII (PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL)
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS- OF 00
11CM010 17
1/
~
APPENDIX -VIII
APPENDIX - Villa
REVISIONS
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK
PRII"ARED BY: _ _ -I
DATE:
CH&'PBY:
FOR
PTS-11 CM01 0
CEIlTIIIIB
BY,
DATE,
'k(fj,
IU 1)( III
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE ND REV.
FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX 1
C494 A Villa OF 0
PTS-11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 4
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
GENERAL
This CIVIL Scope of work and Technical Specifications describe the requirements and
scope of work that the CONTRACTOR is required to carry-out until the successful
commissioning, completion and final acceptance of WORK by Saudi Electricity
Company in the Central Region of Saudi Arabia, for the installation of 33kV capacitor
banks and reactors in existing Substations #7780, #7782, #8901, #8902, #8903, #8904,
#8911, #8914, #8915, #8918, #8922 and #8077 in Quwayah at Central Operating Area
for Power Factor Correction. CONTRACTOR shall provide all the civil works required
for the installation of the capacitor banks, de-tuning reactors and other equipment
gl ~ N _
covered in this project, in all the substations involved, not limited to the following.
REVISIONS
,
2.00 SCOPE OF WORK
PRJjrARED BV, ----I
DAb::
A. At Substations #7780, #7782, #8901, #8902, #8903, #8904, #8911, #8914, #8915,
CHfDBY:
#8918, #8922 and #8077 in Quwayah
1-
-
'" '"--'r
2. Design and construct the foundations, as applicable, for the structures as
mentioned in item 1 above.
3. Design and construct the foundations, as applicable, for all outdoor equipment
4. Design and construction of reinforced concrete foundations for the 33kV and
13.8kV capacitor banks
5. Provide and install chain link fences with gates and provide with necessary
interlocking mechanism for each of the capacitor banks, De-tuning reactors and
reactors installations, including Signboards and Danger Boards.
6. Provide and install sunshade protections with one (1) meter eaves around all
capacitor banks installed in this project.
CONTRACTOR shall determine exact layout of these ductbanks and shall size
them adequately to accommodate the LV power cables & control cables to be
T~S DRAWI:"fG IS NOT installed considering 20% spare capacity.
T BE USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR
FO ORDERING
M TERIALS UNTIL. 8. Design and construction of dedicated concrete encased ductbanks and suitable
CE TIFIED AND DATED
manholes to route all the 33kV, 13.8kV and LV underground power cables from
the equipment installed to the switchgear/control room
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV.
CONTRACTOR shall determine exact layout of these ductbanks and shall size
them adequately to accommodate the 33kV/13.8kV/LV underground power cables
to be installed considering 20% spare capacity.
The elevation of the top of the manholes shall be 100mm above the surrounding
asphalt finished grade elevation to preclude the entry of water. All manholes within
the substation yard shall be of traffic type.
10. Design and construction of concrete foundations with steel structures for cable
REVISIONS
sealing ends (potheads) support for 33kV and 13.8kV cable terminations, if
required.
PRlPARlD BY: ----I
DATE,
11. CONTRACTOR shall provide all the metallic cable trays, galvanized steel supports
CHK'DBY:
for the cables and necessary accessories.
ii. Removal/Demolition of end-walls and exterior metal doors, if any of the existing
Switchgear Room Building affected by the expansion. The metal doors will be
reinstalled/relocated suitably.
Building expansions shall match the width, height, materials and color of the
existing building. If overhead traveling cranes exist, they shall be extended to the
BY:
building expansions. For the design of building expansions, refer to the
DATI:: !r 'A-Ill applicable clauses of Appendix-VI lib.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV.
FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX 3
C494 A Villa OF 0
PTS-11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 4
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
i. Remove and shift the main drive gate to a new location approximately three (3)
meters to the south.
ii. Close the portion of the old drive gate with same materials as the existing
perimeter fence.
iii. The portion/area of the substation adjacent to the closed portion shall be
backfilled, leveled and asphalted.
cz
REVISIONS iv. Construct new asphalted ramp in front of the relocated main drive gate up to the
existing asphalt.
PREPAREDlY: -----I
DATE:
CHK'DBY;
End of Appendix-Villa
=~~
/0/8//
~'2JL7
BY,
!(}f
1.1,_
DATE, 10 rKI II
APPENDIX-Vilib
i REVISIONS
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA,
TECHNICAL & MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRE_ARID BYl _--I
DAT!"
CHIDBY:
! A,PPROyED
CERTIF[D
A ./
BY, '--\JL~ - PTS-11CM010
DA, "l7l1XIII
(
I
T~S DRAWING
T BE
IS NOT
USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR
F ORDERING
M TERIALS UNTIL
C TIFIED AND DATED
[ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 1
, C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
DESIGN CRITERIA
1.01 GENERAL 05
1.02 PREPARATION OF STRUCTURAUCIVIL CALCULATIONS 05
1.03 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 08
1.04 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTING STRUCTURES 09
,;
z
1.05 LATTICED STEEL GANTRYITAKE-OFF STRUCTURES 09
REVISIONS
II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PKE'AREDBV: _ _ -I
DA.TE:
2.01 GENERAL 11
OiK'DBY: 2.02 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS TO BE PERFORMED 11
BY CONTRACTOR
APPROVED
2.03 SOIL ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENTS 12
TJlANSMISSION ASSET
PLANNING DEPARTMENT 2.04 SOIL THERMAL RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENTS 12
-
"<!2:? 2.05 EARTHWORKS 13
2.06 ASPHALT ACCESS ROAD TO SUBSTATION 13
r /
2.07 REMOVAL OF SAND DUNES AND SAND STABILIZATION 13
2.08 SLOPE PROTECTION 13
OP[RATING DEPARTMENT
2.09 SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROL BUILDINGS WITH CABLE 14
BASEMENT
2.10 SWITCHGEAR & CONTROL BUILDING WITH CABLE 18
ENTRY ROOM
2.11 COOLING TOWER 22
2.12 CABLE TUNNELS 23
2.13 ROAD MARKING AND PARKING AREAS 23
2.14 GATEHOUSE AND TOILET 23
2.15 GROUNDING OF REBARS AND WELDED WIRE FABRIC 24
2.16 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STRUCTURES 24
2.17 LATTICED STEEL GANTRYITAKE-OFF STRUCTURES 24
2.18 CAST-IN-PLACE AND PRECAST CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS 24
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO HE USED FOR 2.19 CONCRETE COVER 25
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
llNTlL
2.20 CONCRETE CABLE TRENCHES 25
CERTIFIED AND DATED
2.21 CONCRETE PROTECTION 26
2.22 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATING REQUIREMENTS 26
AND APPLICATION
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 2
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~ ,
~ i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Cont'd)
3.01 GENERAL 43
3.02 CONCRETE 43
3.03 CEMENT & SAND SCREED 43
3.04 REINFORCING STEEL 44
3.05 STRUCTURAL STEEL/RAIL TRACK STEEL 44
3.06 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS, MORTAR AND GROUT 45
3.07 HOLLOW METAL DOORS 46
T~'IS
T
DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED FOR
3.08 WALL AND ROOF THERMAL INSULATION 53
C NSTRUCTION
F
OR
ORDERING
3.09 FIBERGLASS WALL INSULATION 53
M TERIALS UNTIL
C TIFIED AND DATED 3.10 DRY WALL SYSTEM AND GYPSUM BOARDS 54
3.11 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE 56
3.12 ASPHALT CONCRETE 59
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----+----1------+---+--1
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 3
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
!
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
i
I 3.13 BASE AND SUB-BASE MATERIALS 59
zl
t
0'
I 3.14 BACKFILL MATERIALS 59
~
<>
3.15
3.16
PAINTING SYSTEM
PVC WATERSTOPS
59
60
3.17 NON-SHRINK GROUT 61
! 3.18 POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE 62
3.19 COAL TAR EPOXY 63
g I r-, ~ -
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVll DESIGN CRITERIA. TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 4
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
,
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
This section broadly outlines the PROJECT'S design criteria and shall be read in
conjunction with the attached PROJECT drawings, the COMPANY Engineering,
Construction and Material Standard Specifications and the latest edition of associated
international Standards and Codes.
This section also covers mandatory requirements governing the preparation of structural
calculations for the design of all steel and concrete structures (super & substructures)
including equiprnent foundations.
REVISIONS
1.02 PREPARATION OF STRUCTURAL/CIVIL CALCULATIONS
P1 ARED BY: ----I
A. Scope
DA~'
CH~DBY' This Specification covers mandatory requirements governing the preparation of structural
calculations for the design of all steel and concrete structures including
structure/equipment foundations.
I ::::::'SET
phlNG DEPARTMENT
~
The criteria and general design outlined below shall be adopted as applicable to the basic
design of the structures, and shall also serve as the basis in the development of detailed
design by the CONTRACTOR subject to necessary adjustments and implementation
particularly in consideration of geologic conditions of the site.
I
i B. Conflicts and DeViations
OP~RATINC DEPARTMENT
I
~I---I-
Any conflict between this Specification and other applicable COMPANY Engineering
Standards, Material System Specifications, Standard Drawings or Industry Standards,
Codes and forms shall be resolved in writing by the COMPANY.
C. Purposes of Calculations
1. To enable the designer to arrive at designs, which are safe, feasible and
economical
2. To provide a record for future reference
3. To satisfy code and/or COMPANY requirements as to the adequacy of the design
, 4. To facilitate determination of the effects of possible future modifications
T~IS
T
DRAWING IS NOT
BI: USED FOR
C
F
,,"STRUCTION
R
OR
ORDERING
D. Units
M TERIALS UNTIL
C RTIFIED AND DATED
All calculations shall be done using SI metric units, except when calculations are made in
compliance with a code, or using a computer program, which has not yet been metricated.
All the conventional calculations shall be converted to metric units.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----0+----+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 5
C494 A PTS11CMD1D OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
-----,---------------------- ~~------~-
E. Symbols
Symbols used for steel design shall have the connotation as in the AISC Manual of Steel
Construction, ACI Manual of Concrete Practice. Other symbols shall conform to the
corresponding International Codes and Standards that are referenced in the applicable
COMPANY Standard.
In general, the connotation of all symbols used throughout the calculations shall be stated
at the beginning of the calculations.
The connotations of symbols used only locally shall be stated immediately before or after
the equations in which they are used.
g <"I'l N _
F. Equations
, REVISIONS
All equations, graphs, nomographs, etc., used in the calculations shall be:
PRElfAREDBV: _ _ -I
1. Derived in the calculations, or
2. Referred to in the relevant standard, giving clause number, or
3. IHaken from a text book, accompanied by a copy of the pertinent ~age(s)
4. Commonly used and easily recognized equations such as PL, WL2/8, etc., need not
API'RO,"'[D
be derived or have references provided.
1. ':MISSION ASSET
P~C DEPARTMENT
G. Assumptions
H. Parameters
The values of all parameters shall be stated at the beginning of the calculations.
Justification need not be given for commonly accepted values, e.g. Young's modulus,
Poisson's ratios, coefficients of expansion, etc. However, all other parameters shall be
justified either by quoting a source (e.g., soil report or study), or by brief reasoning or
reference to a standard or code. This, in particular, applies to the fOllowing:
1. Temperature differentials
2. Allowable ground bearing pressures, settlements and differential settlements
3. Wind pressure calculations based on the appropriate basic wind speed, exposure
TH,S DRAWING IS NOT factor, height, shape, gust and importance factor
TOI BE liS ED FOR
cr~STRllcrION OR
Fa ORDERING I. General Presentation
M TERIALS UNTIL
eli: TIFIEDANDOATED
The presentation of calculations shall be in accordance with the followinq procedures and
requirements.
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+---1----1
IJ08 ORDER NO. APPENDlXVlllb 6
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~< I
~ I a. Name of the originator of the calculations and the name of the checker
! b. The title, which shall clearly describe the contents of the calculations
c. The date the calculations were made
3. All calculations shall be checked, initialed as checked before being sent to the
responsible Project Manager.
, REVISIONS Sufficient explanation shall be given so that calculation methods are easily
5.
!
comprehensible. For this reason, simple clear sketches should be liberally used.
PRJ:~AREDBY: _ _ -I
Calculations whose approach is not adequately described will not be accepted by
the COMPANY.
CHKtDIY:
l'ltANSMlSSION ASSET 7. The cover sheet of each calculation package shall be assigned a COMPANY
P~G DEPARTMENT
drawing number to identify the calculations for a particular Job Order, and for
inclusion in COMPANY permanent records. Individual calculation sheets following
the cover sheet shall be consecutively numbered (1, 2, 3, etc.).
BV
OAT,
-<1~1
ID KIlf
Computer calculations shall be in accordance with the following guidelines:
I 1. All computer models shall be accompanied by the corresponding input and output
data showing the structural shape, integrity of structure, loads applied and the
joints/members layout, etc. Data provided as computer input shall be clearly
distinguished from those computed in the program. The first sheet of each computer
run shall be signed by the engineer responsible for the structural design. A program
TH. DRAWING IS NOT
TO! BE USED FOR description (user's guide) shall be submitted upon request and contain the
CO STRUCfIQN OR
FO ORDERING information necessary to determine the nature and extent of the analysis, verify the
MA [RIALS UNTIL
CE TIFIED AND DATIW
input data, interpret the results with the recommendations such as soil report,
COMPANY minimum requirements and location requirements, etc., and determine
whether the computations comply with these recommendations.
[R01]
~
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~
~
~
-e
Q 2. A computer CD containing a soft copy of the input and output files shall be furnished
"
~ to the COMPANY for all computer models to aid in the review.
4. A summary of the analysis results that are extracted from the computer output shall
be provided. This summary should clearly state the achieved results (maximum
interaction ratios found, deflection ratios, justification of the output with
requirements, etc.).
g! ~ N N
A. The concrete structures shall be designed in accordance with the requirements specified
, REVISIONS in TES-P-119.18 and TES-P-119.19. In addition, load combinations, analysis/design
methodology adopted in the structural design and construction of switchgear and control
PRE~ARED BV: _ _-I
buildings (super and substructures) shall be in accordance with Building Code
DATf: Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary (ACI 318M-05) and International
CHKtD BY; Building Code (IBC) latest edition.
APPROVED
B. Loading criteria shall be in accordance with TES-P-119.19. For any additional load
1. "':MISSION ASSET
requirements, clarifications, etc., ANSIIASCE-7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
P~~(; DEPARTMENT and Other Structures", latest edition, shall be followed.
D. The building frame structures shall be designed to support any additional dead loads to
be hung from the roof such as A1C equipment, A1C ducts, false ceiling, lighting fixtures,
piping, electrical equipment (disconnect switches, post insulators, etc.), cable trays
carrying power and control cables.
E. The bUilding structural system shall be designed to resist all loads and stresses resulting
from lifting, handling, erection and transportation of electrical equipment.
,
~
. ..-.-I. /I F. The building structural system shall be designed to withstand the overhead traveling
BY'~~ ,
crane loads and its impact for lifting, handling and transportation of all electrical
DA II"'! /\l1t equipment. Crane beams, support brackets and connections to columns or roof beams
shall be designed for impact loads.
G. BUildings and structures shall be designed to withstand the seismic forces. Seismic loads
shall be computed based on the International Building Code (IBC), latest edition.
TH~ DRAWNG IS NOT H. Building structures shall be designed for either seismic load or wind loads, whichever
T BE USED FOR
C STRUCTION OR
FO ORDERING
governs, considering the corresponding load combination.
M TERlALS UNTIL
CEfTIFlED AND DATED
I. Live load for cable tunnels and ductbanks that are likely to be crossed by heavy
equipment shall be H20 truck loading. When the depth of fill above the top slab of the
cable tunnel and ductbank is 0.60m or less, treat the wheels as concentrated loads
directly applied on their top for determining design moments and shears.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
, SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I------ll--.....-----+----+----l
I JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 8
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. Loading criteria shall be as per TES-P-119.09, Rev. 01. For any additional load
requirements, clarifications, etc., ANSI/ASCE-7, "Minimum Design Loads for BUildings
z
>! and Other Structures", latest edition, shall be followed. All the structures supporting
~ equipment with flexible conductors at top shall be latticed steel structures. Structures
.'"'"
u
Q
supporting rigid conductors on top shall be steel structures.
B. Steel structures (supporting rigid conductors on top) shall comply with the requirements of
TES-P-119.09, Rev. 01 except that the equipment steel structures shall be designed,
fabricated and erected as per American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
,;
z ~ N
- "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings of the Manual of Steel Construction, latest
REVISIONS edition. The design to be adopted shall be based on "Allowable Stress Design" method.
.
PREtARED BY, Increase in allowable stresses by 1/3, in case of wind and seismic loading, acting alone or
in combination with the design dead and live loads is not allowed, because wind or
DA+ seismic forces/loading are considered as primary loads.
CH1'DBY:
i
, C. Latticed steel structures (supporting equipment with flexible conductors at top) shall be
APPROVED fabricated conforming to 20-TMSS-01. Design, fabrication and erection of latticed steel
P ;
~MISS10N ASSET
G DEPARTMENT
structures, equipment supports with flexible conductor at the top and the structures
supporting rigid conductors with more than three meters height shall be as per TES-P-
?'e 119.09, Rev. 01 and ASCE Standard 10-97 "Design of Latticed Steel Transmission
/p/S/# Structures", Latest Edition.
"
D. The equipment support structure foundations shall be designed as per the requirements
of TES-P-119.18. In addition, the analysis/design methodology adopted in the structural
O'rRATING DEPARTMENT design of reinforced concrete foundations for steel structures shall be in accordance with
ACI 318M-05 "Building Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary".
---11-----
I E. For foundation reinforcement detailing, ACI-315 "Detail and Detailing of Concrete
Reinforcement", latest edition, shall be followed.
A. Loading criteria shall be as per TES-P-119.09, Rev. 01. For any additional load
requirements, clarifications, etc., ANSI/ASCE-7, "Minimum Design Loads for BUildings
and Other Structures" shall be followed.
,
,
z
o
f **** END OF SECTION I ****
el:i
Q
REVISIONS
I
PREfARED BVl ----I
DA~;
CHlfD BY:
I
I
I~
,k"'NSMISSION Assn
~ING DEPARTMENT
I .......,..".
cr:_y~
/p/g///
----l---
~
By,lerj '~,
.A E, to I
~ [I
!,
T!IS DRAWING IS NOT
T BE USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR
F R ORDERlNG
M TERlALS UNTIL
C RTiFIED AND DATED
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t-----t--.....,f------+---+--1
I JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXV1l1b 10
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
I HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
!
,
~
:,u, '
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
, 2.01 GENERAL
This section broadly outlines the technical specifications of the major materials required
for the satisfactory and complete construction of the PROJECT. The specifications
~i
~I
0: ,
outlined herein shall be read in conjunction with the PROJECT drawings, the COMPANY
Engineering, Construction and Material Standard Specifications and the associated
~I
QI international Standards and Codes,
I
I The minimum number of boreholes to be drilled shall be ten (10) boreholes for buildings
OP~RATING DEPARTMENT
and six (6) boreholes for equipment foundations."
CONTRACTOR shall not start the investigation and boring until they receive the
approval of preliminary geotechnical proposal from the COMPANY.
I B. The report shall also include an A-size drawing in SEC format (drawing number, index,
T7' ~dI plant number, etc.) and showing the location of boreholes and soil electrical and thermal
BY,
DA,
\:7
1tI/)('lf
resistivity measurement points.
I C. Minimum depth of each borehole shall be 2B, where B is the width of the foundation, and
in no case shall be less than 8 meters. In case of mat foundation, the borehole depth
should be at least twice the mat width. For augured drilled soil piers, the borehole depth
shall be at least 3 meters below the bottom of the pier foundation. Sufficient number of
soil borings shall be taken so that a soil profile can be drawn with reasonable accuracy to
THJS DRAWING IS NOT
TOI BE USED FOR serve as the basis for the foundation design. Borehole for normal dry soil under raft
C~STRUCTION OR foundation shall be ten (10) meters maximum and loose soil boring depth shall be
FO ORDERING
M TERIA LS
CE TlFIEDAND DATED
UNTIl. increased till the hard strata is achieved. The final location and number of boreholes
shall be solely decided by the COMPANY.
D. Final geotechnical report submission shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements
of PTS-08EM313 (attached in this Appendix as reference).
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO, INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----1-----1-----+---+--1
~BORD.RNO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 11
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
='
$'
~! E. When sabkhah soils are encountered at the site, CONTRACTOR shall improve the
! sabkhah as per the recommendations of TCS-Q-113,02,
!
i
F. CONTRACTOR shall hire a professional soil agency with adequate experience and
knowledge of improvement of sabkhah soils, The agency shall be acceptable to the
~i COMPANY,
~I ,
The geotechnical agency (who has performed the soil investigation) together with the
agency responsible for improvement of sabkhah soil shall recommend the improvement
; technique SUitable to the sabkhah soil encountered, All the related calculations and
documents for arriving at the soil parameters (Which are necessary for foundation design)
i
such as soil bearing capacity, settlement, etc" and improvement techniques shall be
gil .., M -
submitted for COMPANY review and approval.
! REVISIONS
The final decision for adopting a particular method for improvement of sabkhah
soil shall solely be decided by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and shall be
binding to the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall not start the design of foundations and earthwork until the
I
soil investigation report is reviewed and accepted by the COMPANY.
~
APPROVE D
SMISSION ASSET
P INC DEPARTMENT
~
2.03 SOIL ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENTS
,., ,
A. Soil resistivity measurements shall be carried out using four-point Wenner arrangements
as per IEEE-81 and TES-P-119, 10
1. Center of the proposed grounding grid area in four (4) different directions at 45
between directions to cover the central area of the grounding grid
2, Near the different sides of the grounding grid area with direction parallel to the
grounding grid sides
3. Additional points based on the size and shape of the grounding grid area
C. The COMPANY shall solely decide the final location of soil resistivity measurement points
and method.
T~IS
T
DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED fOR
C NSTRUCTION OR 2.04 SOIL THERMAL RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENTS
F R ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTIL
C RTlflED AND DATED
CONTRACTOR shall conduct the soil thermal resistivity tests. Soil samples shall be taken
from at least two (2) locations along the proposed ductbank route,
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t------1t----;-----+----+---i
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 12
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
i< ,
2.05 EARTHWORKS
e
The site clearing, rough grading, excavation, controlled fill, sub-base course and base
course placement and compaction, etc., shall be as per the requirements of TCS-Q-
113.02.
A. CONTRACTOR shall construct asphalt access road to the proposed substation drive gate
from the existing asphalt road.
B. Design and construction of access road shall conform to TES-P-122.11 and TES-P-
119.19.
REVISIONS
C. CONTRACTOR shall provide all the necessary road traffic warning signs such as stop,
PRE~AREDB\': __ -I speed limit, caution slow down, direction, etc., speed humps and substation informative
DAT',
signs at the intersection of proposed asphalt access road and the existing asphalt road.
CH"1 D DY,
I Speed humps shall be provided at 100 meters from substation and existing asphalt road.
I
,
I D. The access road shall be 8 meters wide with 1.0 meter wide shoulder on each side. The
I~ slope of embankment shall be protected with 50mm thick asphalt.
~SMISSION ASSET
P~IN'G DEPARTMENT
F. Sase and sub-base materials shall satisfy the requirements of TCS-Q-113.01 and TCS-Q-
I 113.02. Minimum thickness of base course shall be 300mm, Class "S" as per TCS-Q-
O"RATING DEPARTMENT
I
113.02 with liquid limit of 25% and Plasticity Index of 4-8% maximum. Sub-base materials
shall conform to TCS-Q-113.02.
i
Shifting sand and sand dunes within a distance of 200m from the proposed fence/wall
around the substation shall be removed and graded. The area shall be stabilized by
spraying oil or emulsified asphalt material as recommended in TCS-Q-113.01, TCS-Q-
113.02 and TES-P-122.11.
Reinforced concrete interceptor channel shall be installed at the cut portion of the
proposed substation. Interceptor channel shall drain water away from the substation
!'
fence.
T~S
T
DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED FOR
C NSTRLiITION OR
F R ORDERING
M TERIA LS UNTIL 2.08 SLOPE PROTECTION
C TlFI[DANDDATED
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I------li---+-----+----+-~
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 13
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. Design and construction of switchgear and control bUildings shall satisfy the requirements
ofTES-P-119.19.
z B. The switchgear and control building is a reinforced concrete structure. Provide cable
.
0
;::
;;
basement at locations if shown in the Control Building Floor Plan. The finished floor
elevation of the GIS & control buildings shall be 300mm higher than the crown elevation
'"'
'" EL= 0.00 of the substation yard.
'=
"'
C. All required clearances of the equipment from walls or columns shall be provided as per
TES-P-119.19. In addition, the following minimum height clearances shall be maintained:
0
z M N
- GIS room 7.00 m
REVISIONS (Subject to change based on the GIS equipment requirements & maintenance of light/fire detectors)
PREPARID BYl
Minimum hook height 5.00m
(Subject to change based on the GIS equipment manufacturer recommendation)
DATEl
D. The GIS room shall be equipped with an overhead traveling crane for assembly and
/~
maintenance work purposes. The overhead traveling crane shall be able to handle the
/0/;;&
, heaviest module in the GIS buildings. All other requirements of the crane shall be as per
TES-P-119.19. .
E. Provision for future openings of adequate sizes shall be provided on the floor and walls.
OI"RATING DEPARTMENT
Openings shall be sealed with three (3) hours fire stop and smoke stop products and
covered with fire coated material aluminum plates. Openings shall be made weather-tight
to prevent ingress of sand, dust and water.
G. Provide unloadinglloading platforms not less than 2.50 meters in front of all double leaf
doors/equipment doors. Reinforced concrete retaining wall 2.50 meters long shall be
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
provided at the edge of each platform. The sidewalk and the platform shall be at the same
CONSTRUCTION
FOR ORDERING
OR elevation as the buildings.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CIRTIFIED AND DATF.D
H. Below grade construction, expansion and control joints in concrete structures shall be
provided with 200mm wide PVC water stops.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL .... ---11---+-----+----+--4
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXV1l1b 14
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~ I,
~
u, SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
"I
~I
I. Building superstructures shall be reinforced concrete with precast concrete structural
~I
15 i frame and non-load bearing CMU walls.
,
1
Minimum thickness of walls shall be 200mm. Interior and exterior walls shall be reinforced
with vertical/horizontal reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall be 12mm 0 and shall
I , be installed in each cell of CMU or 200mm on centers. Horizontal reinforcement shall be
prefabricated truss/ladder type and shall be installed in alternate layers of CMU walls. All
0
z;
~ ~
- cells of the CMU for exterior and interior walls shall be fully grouted.
REVISIONS
K. Interior walls shall be plastered finish and painted. Exterior walls shall be tooled finished
PR'f"REDBY; ---t and texture painted.
DA"JiE'
CH.'DRV: L. Construct concrete cable trenches with removable hot-dip galvanized checkered steel
plate covers inside the buildings.
i APPROVED
CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of these trenches and shall size them
fuNSMISSION ASSET
~ING DEPARTMENT adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: space for maintenance and
operations, all future piping to be installed and all the piping installation in this PROJECT
plus 20% spare capacity. CONTRACTOR shall provide all the cable trays, galvanized
steel supports and necessary accessories.
M. Construct concrete cable trenches with removable precast concrete covers outside the
buildings.
O~RATING DEPARTMENT
CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of these trenches and shall size them
adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: cable bending radii, future
cable splicing (if required), space for maintenance and operations, all control and power
cables to be installed in this PROJECT plus 20% spare capacity. CONTRACTOR shall
provide all cable trays, galvanized steel supports for the cables & necessary accessories.
'V,~f
Concrete cable trenches shall be provided with seepage pit for water drainage.
N. Concrete roof slab shall be as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19 except that it shall
DA E, IOI'XIII
be provided with one (1) layer of 4mm thick elastomeric bituminous waterproofing
membrane or one (1) layer of 1.5mm thick PVC waterproofing membrane.
Reinforced concrete parapet walls shall be provided around the buildings with a minimum
height of 500mm above the highest part of the roof. The top elevation of the parapet wall
TI~S DR-\WING IS NOT
shall be kept same throughout.
To! BE USED FOR
C~STRUCTION OR
FO
1\1 TERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
CE TIFIED AND DATED
o. Canopies shall be as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19 except that they shall be
provided with one (1) layer of 4mm thick elastomeric bituminous waterproofing membrane
I
or one (1) layer of 1.5mm thick PVC waterproofing membrane. The minimum projection of
canopy shall be 1.0 meter.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
I
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----lI---+-----+----1---1
IJOBORDERNO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 15
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
, HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
Ii ,.~.JfS1J ~J.JA-l\ ~~j
'"
V SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
~
Q
~
P. Toilets shall be provided as specified in TES-P-119.19. The finished floor level of the toilet
=
c shall be 50mm lower than the finished floor level of the switchqear and control building.
The partition walls inside the toilet shall be non-load bearing CMU walls fully grouted with
minimum thickness of 100mm. The walls shall be reinforced with vertical/horizontal
reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall be 12mm 0 minimum. Horizontal
z reinforcement shall be prefabricated trusslladder type. All cells of the CMU shall be fully
...;:
0
grouted. The walls shall be provided with ceramic, vitrified glazed tiles for full height.
u
.....'" The toilet cubicle door shall be hollow metal door. Accessories required inside the toilet
cubicle shall be as follows:
-
PlANNING DEPARTMENT
c~ ~......,.. Q. Doors shall be hollow metal doors and shall comply with the requirements of TES-P-
/0/6/// 119.19 and TES-P-119.21.
/"
R. The location and number of doors shown on the layout drawing of the switchgear &
control bUilding is conceptual design only, and may be varied depending upon the
requirements of operation and maintenance. The size of the doors shall be decided for
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
easy movement of the biggest size of equipment. However, the minimum sizes of doors
shall be as follows:
mIL ,J! Single Leaf door for Battery Room, Net door width: 1.10 m
-, "
l /' movement of Communication Room, Net door height: 2.50 m
B'I: : I
equipment Workshop
DATE' /0 .v, /( Single Leaf door for Toilet, Records Room, Net door width: 0.95 m
personnel movement entrance to cable Net door height: 2.1 m
basement, entrance to
Buildinq
Double Leaf door for Control Room Net door width: 2.50 m
THIS ORAWING IS NOT equipment movement Net door height: 2.50 m
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Double leaf door for GIS Room Net door width: 4.00 m
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
equipment movement Net door heiaht: 4.00 m
CERTIFIED AND DATED Double leaf door for Mechanical Room Net door width: 2.50 m
equipment movement Net door heiaht 2.50 m
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 16
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
i
Ii!
e I SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~ I
~:
~ i
S. Reinforced concrete door columns and lintels shall be provided on all door openings.
~I Door frames shall be fixed to the reinforced concrete elements firmly with the use of
i expansion/anchor bolts.
I
!
i T. The elevation of the floor surfaces on both sides of a door shall not vary by more than
13mm. The elevation shall be maintained on both sides of the doorway for a distance of
~IE at least equal to width of the widest leaf Thresholds at doorways shall not be more than
=1
~i
13mm in height.
~I
I
U. All stairs, landings, sidewalks, platforms and open elevated places with more than two (2)
I steps (300mm) shall be provided with hand railings with zinc yellow paint. Stairs and
I handrails shall be as per Life Safety Code, NFPA 101. Approved aluminum nosing shall
be provided to all stair treads,
0
Z
~ N
-
REVISIONS V. Floor finishes and yard surfacing shall be as per TES-P-119.19. Loading/unloading
platforms in front of double leaf doors shall be provided with UV resistant (exposed type)
solvent free polyurethane or acrylic polymer modified cementitious material.
DA'!',
CH'DBV, W. Battery room shall be provided with acid/caustic resistant floor and wall tiles up to roof
ceiling. Acid neutralizing dry pit shall be provided outside the building to collect the
I
acid/caustic from the battery room. The finished floor level of the battery room shall be
:~
-htANClMISSION ASSET
50mm lower than the finished floor level of the SWitchgear and control building.
P~C DEPARTMENT
Y. Raised access floor at the communications room shall be provided as per the
I requirements of TES-P-119.19.
O,,"RATING DEPARTMENT
II
Z. The exterior of the buildings shall be painted with textured emulsion paint on tooled finish.
The interior of the switchgear and control building shall be plastered and painted with flat
enamel semi-gloss paint. The ceiling shall be painted with textured matt enamel paint.
The firewalls shall be painted with textured emulsion paint. Basement walls and ceiling
. shall be painted. Basement floor shall be coated with epoxy floor dust proofer and
hardener.
I
A1. Siabs-on-grade shall be as per TCS-Q-113.03. The minimum thickness of slab shall be
i 150mm reinforced with the required reinforcement.
T~IS DRAWING IS NOT
T BE lTSED FOR
C NSTRULTION OR 81. Room identification plates and safety signboards for switchgear & control building fire
F~R ORDERING
M TERIALS UNTIL rated doors (indoor and outdoor locations) shall be installed on walls beside the doors by
C RTIFIED AND DATED
screws. The plates/signboards shall be of aluminum with durable baked enamel
background. Message shall be screen-printed with UV resistant ink.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+---+--1
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 17
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Safety signs on doors shall be installed as per the requirements of COMPANY Safety
Signs and Warning Devices Special Manual NO. 65-110.
The color shade for room identification letters shall be with Traffic Black (RAL 9017).
English Letter style shall be Helvetica and shall be uppercase only.
C1. Design, fabricate and install hot-dip galvanized steel unistrut supports, clamps, etc., for
routing outgoing feeder cables.
D1. Design, fabricate and install hot-dip galvanized steel bridges over the cables. The steel
bridges shall be covered with hot-dip galvanized steel grating.
A. The SWitchgear and control building is a one storey structure with a cable entry room.
PRI.PAllEDBY: ------I
Design and construction of switchgear and control buildings shall satisfy the requirements
DATE: ofTES-P-119.
CHK'DBY:
B. The building foundation (isolated or mat fouridation) shall be at least 1.20 meters below
APPROVED the finished floor level of the cable entry room to accommodate the cable ductbank. The
1lL\NSMISSION ASSET space between cable entry floor slab and the foundation shall be filled with soil and
PLANNING DEPARTMENT
compacted as per TCS-Q-113.02 requirements. No retaining wall shall be provided below
c:::. 7' ~ the cable entry room slab.
/0/15///
/ /
C. Cable entry room walls shall be constructed of reinforced concrete and concrete hollow
block masonry walls. The reinforced concrete walls shall be designed to support the
hollow block masonry walls load and to retain the soil in the substation yard. The
OPERATING DEPARTMENT reinforced concrete walls shall be extended 300mm higher than the finished grade level.
D. All required clearances of the equipment from the walls or columns shall be provided as
per TES-P-119. In addition, the following minimum height clearances shall be maintained:
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1f---+-----+----+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 18
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~ I
F. Provision for future openings of adequate sizes shall be provided on floor and walls.
Openings shall be sealed with three (3) hours fire stop and smoke stop products and
covered with fire coated material aluminum plates. Openings shall be made weather-tight
to prevent ingress of sand, dust and water.
G. Cable entry room shall be constructed as per TES-P-119.21 and TES-P-119.19 except
that it shall be provided with two (2) layers of 4mm thick each elastomeric bituminous
waterproofing membrane. A minimum of two (2) emergency exits from the cable entry
room shall be provided. Fire rated doors and reinforced concrete staircases with handrails
shall be provided at the emergency exits. Cable entry room shall have a clear height of
2.50 meters from the highest part of cable entry room floor to bottom of ground floor
beams.
oz
H. Provide unloading/loading platforms not less than 2.50 meters in front of all double leaf
REVISIONS
doors/equipment doors. Reinforced concrete retaining wall 2.50 meters long shall be
provided at the edge of each platform. The sidewalk and the platform shall be at the same
elevation as the buildinqs,
I. Below grade construction, expansion and control joints in concrete structures shall be
provided with 200mm wide PVC water stops.
K. Concrete Masonry Unit Walls: Interior and exterior walls shall be non-load bearing walls.
Minimum thickness of walls shall be 200mm. Interior and exterior walls shall be reinforced
with vertical/horizontal reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall be 12mm 0 and shall
be installed in each cell of CMU or 200mm on centers. Horizontal reinforcement shall be
prefabricated truss/ladder type and shall be installed in alternate layers of CMU walls. All
cells of the CMU for exterior and interior walls shall be fully grouted.
L. Interior walls shall be plastered finish and painted. Exterior walls shall be tooled finished
and texture painted.
M. Construct concrete cable trenches with removable hot-dip galvanized checkered steel
plate covers inside the buildings.
T IS ORAWING IS NOT
T BE USED FOR CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of these trenches and shall size them
C NSTRUCTION
F R
OR
ORDERING
adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: space for maintenance and
MI\TERIALS UNTIL
C RTIFIED AND DATED
operations, all future piping to be installed and all the piping installation in this PROJECT
plus 20% spare capacity. CONTRACTOR shall provide all the cable trays, galvanized
steel supports and necessary accessories.
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL /----II---t------I----+--I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 19
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
N. Construct concrete cable trenches with removable precast concrete covers outside the
buildings.
CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of these trenches and shall size them
adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: cable bending radii, future
z cable splicing (if required), space for maintenance and operations, all control and power
f cables to be installed in this PROJECT expansion plus 20% spare capacity.
~
Q
CONTRACTOR shall provide all cable trays, galvanized steel supports for the cables &
necessary accessories. Concrete cable trenches shall be provided with seepage pit for
water drainage.
O. Concrete roof slab shall be as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19 except that it shall
be provided with one (1) layer of 4mm thick elastomeric bituminous waterproofing
membrane or one (1) layer of 1.5mm thick PVC waterproofing membrane.
REVISIONS
:TL~':"'"
shall be kept same throughout.
P. Canopies shall be as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19 except that they shall be
provided with one (1) layer of 4mm thick elastomeric bituminous waterproofing membrane
MISSION ASSET or one (1) layer of 1.5mm thick PVC waterproofing membrane. The minimum projection of
P ING DEPARTMENT
canopy shall be 1.00 meter.
~~~
Q. Toilet shall be provided as specified in TES-P-119.19. The finished floor level of the toilet
shall be 50mm lower than the finished floor level of the switchgear and control building ..
The partition walls inside the toilet shall be non-load bearing CMU walls fully grouted with
OP~RATlNG DEPARTMENT minimum thickness of 100mm. The walls shall be reinforced with vertical/horizontal
! reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement shall be 12mm 0 minimum. Horizontal
~-
reinforcement shall be prefabricated trusslladder type. All cells of the CMU shall be fUlly
grouted. The walls shall be provided with ceramic, vitrified glazed tiles for full height.
The toilet CUbicle door shall be hollow metal door. Accessories required inside the toilet
~
cubicle shall be as follows:
BY:
\J';'.r 1. Lock: Stainless and heat resistant chromium-nickel as per ASTM A167
DA
11"1 rut 2. Lock/Unlock indicator: Stainless and heat resistant chromium-nickel as per ASTM
A167
3. Wall mounted dual, roll toilet paper dispenser: Stainless steel overall size 265 x 140
x 100mm depth
4. Surface mounted round towel bar: Bright polished stainless steel 600mm long x
T IS DRAWING IS NOT
T BE USED FOR
75mm projection
Ia NSTRUCTION OR 5. Surface mounted coat hook: Stainless steel bright polished (three in number)
Fe R ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTIL 6. Metallic sign: 3mm thick aluminum/brass/stainless steel plate, 225mm high,
C RTIFIED AND DATED
engraved letter as "Please flush the toilet after use." in Helvetica medium and its
Arabic translation. Fix to door with the use of adhesive.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I-----I---t-----+---+--I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 20
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~-
~-
~
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY "4~ 4.:~."....J\ 4.5~\
Q
~
~
Q
R. Doors shall be hollow metal doors and shall comply with the requirements of TES-P-
=
c 119.19 and TES-P-119.21.
I
S. The location and number of doors shown on the layout drawing of the switchgear & control
bUilding is conceptual design only, and may be varied depending upon the requirements of
~ operation and maintenance. The size of the doors shall be decided for easy movement of
9
t the biggest size of equipment. However, the minimum sizes of the doors shall be as
;:
.
u
vo
Q
follows:
DA
I
h, Double Leaf door for Control Room Net door width: 2.50 m
CH 'DBY:
equipment movement Net door heloht: 2.50 m
Double leaf door for GIS Room Net door width: 4.00 m
equipment movement Net door heiqht: 4.00 m
APPROVED
Double leaf door for Mechanical Room Net door width: 2.50 m
~ANSMISSION ASSET
P ~ING DEPARTMENT equipment movement Net door heiqht: 2.50 m
'- ~~
/&/8/// T. Reinforced concrete door columns and lintels shall be provided on all door openings.
r Door frames shall be fixed to the reinforced concrete elements firmly with the use of
expansion/anchor bolts.
o RATING DEPARTMENT
U. The elevation of the floor surfaces on both sides of a door shall not vary by more than
13mm. The elevation shall be maintained on both sides of the doorway for a distance of
at least equal to width of the widest leaf. Thresholds at doorways shall not be more than
13mm in height.
j
V. All stairs, landings, sidewalks, platforms and open elevated places with more than two (2)
steps (300mm) shall be provided with hand railings with zinc yellow paint. Stairs and
,~ handrails shall be as per Life Safety Code, NFPA 101. Approved nosing shall be provided
\~'f to all stair treads.
BY:
DAi" /6 ,o.J t(
W. Floor finishes and yard surfacing shall be as per TES-P-119.19. Loading/unloading
platforms in front of double leaf doors shall be provided with UV resistant (exposed type)
solvent free polyurethane or acrylic polymer modified cementitious material.
n IS ORAWING IS NOT
X. Battery room shall be provided with acid/caustic resistant floor and wall tiles up to roof
T( BE lJSF.D FOR ceiling. Acid neutralizing dry pit shall be provided outside the building to collect the
NSTRUCTION OR
i.e R ORDERING acid/caustic from the battery room. The finished floor level of the battery room shall be
M TERlALS UNTIL
C RTIFlED AND DATED 50mm lower than the finished floor level of the SWitchgear and control building.
Z. Raised access floor at the communication room shall be provided as per the requirements
ofTES-P-119.19.
81. Siabs-on-grade shall be TCS-Q-113.03. The minimum thickness of slab shall be 150mm
reinforced with the required reinforcement.
nt
CHlDBY; C1. Room identification plates and safety signboards for switchgear & control building fire
rated doors (indoor and outdoor locations) shall be installed on walls beside the doors by
k
' ~ screws. The plates/signboards shall be of aluminum with durable baked enamel
SMlSSION ASSET background. Message shall be screen-printed with UV resistant ink.
P ING DEPARTMENT
Safety signs on doors shall be installed as per the requirements of COMPANY Safety
Signs and Warning Devices Special Manual NO. 65-110.
The color shade for room identification letters shall be Traffic Black (RAL 9017). English
Letter style shall be Helvetica and shall be uppercase only.
01RATING DEPARTMENT
01. Design, fabricate and install hot-dip galvanized steel unistrut supports, clamps, etc., for
routing outgoing feeder cables.
E1. Design, fabricate and install hot-dip galvanized steel bridges over the cables. The steel
bridges shall be covered with hot-dip galvanized steel grating.
A. Where required, cooling tower concrete foundations and their supporting frameworks
(reinforced concrete or galvanized steel) shall be designed and installed per the
, recommendations of the manufacturer.
I
B. All the required concrete foundations for pumps, motors, valves and tanks, etc., shall be
~ts ~~WU~~DIS ~g~
C NSTRUCTION OR
designed and installed.
F ORDERING
M TERIALS
C
UNTIL
TIFIED AND DATED
C. All ducts, piping and components shall be suitably designed and supported by hot-dip
galvanized steel support structures. Design and installation of their foundations.
I
D. Design and installation of hot-dip galvanized steel structures and their concrete
foundations for heat exchanger.
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
I
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+----+---1
I JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 22
I
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. Contractor shall design and construct cable tunnels as shown in the Substation Layout.
Five (5) meters width of tunnel shall be considered from the edge of the column is
projected inside the tunnel
B. CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of the cable tunnels and shall size them
adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: space for maintenance and
operations, all future piping to be installed and all the cables installation in this PROJECT
plus 20% spare capacity. However, minimum width of cable tunnels shall be 5 meters.
CONTRACTOR shall provide all the metallic cable trays, galvanized steel supports for the
cables and necessary accessories
REVISIONS
C. Cable tunnels under or adjacent to the GIS buildings shall meet all the requirements of
PREPARED BY: ----I TES-P-119.19. Emergency exits shall be per TES-P-119.19. Cable tunnel waterproofing
DATI:
shall be per TES-P-119.19. A minimum of two (2) emergency exits from the cable tunnels
CHI(fD BY:
shall be provided. Fire rated doors and reinforced concrete staircases with pipe railings
shall be provided at the emergency exits to allow exit from the cable tunnel or entrance to
cable tunnel from the substation yard.
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PLANNING DEPARTMENT The floor slab of the cable tunnel shall be sloped towards the drainage sump pit at 0.5%
slope with the use of cement screed. A minimum of two (2) sump pits shall be provided.
The size of the sump pits shall be 600x600x400mm.
OPBRATlNG DEPARTMENT
2.13 ROAD MARKING AND PARKING AREAS
Contractor shall develop and propose the required road marking inside the substation
based on traffic movement requirements.
Car park (With marking and precast concrete stoppers) areas shall be developed inside
~~'.)I
the substation.
BY, The road marking and car park shall be painted with reflectorized yellow paint. The
DATt, ID rII centerline of the roads shall be painted with reflectorized white broken lines.
TH)S DRAWING IS NOT A. Gatehouse shall be constructed as per the requirements of COMPANY Standard
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRllCTION OR Drawings TA-800039, TA-800040, TA-800041 and TA-800042. The location of the
I-OR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
gatehouse shall be near the main drive gate. However, the final location of gatehouse
CERTIFIED AND DATED shall be decided during the definitive design stage.
B. Toilet shall be provided near the gatehouse. Toilet shall be a separate reinforced concrete
room with concrete hollow block masonry walls 200mm thick. Toilet shall meet all the
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t-----1I----+------+----+--I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 23
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
,------,--------------------------- -------
requirements of TES-P-119 except it shall have one (1) western water closet, and one (1)
washbasin.
The minimum size of conductor for connection to rebars shall be as per TES-P-119.
REVISIONS
Sufficient number of pigtails shall be left at appropriate locations for grounding connection
I
to the foundations, grade slab and structures, etc. The pigtails are then readily available
'IUf AIUD BY : _ _ --I
after backfilling for the above grade connection.
D'~'
CH,.D Bl':
I
2.16 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STRUCTURES
I APPROVED
0t ....TING D"'RTMENT B. Fabricate and install switch operating platforms for disconnect switches as detailed in
COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800002.
I
C. Anchor bolts for fixing outdoor equipment structures to their reinforced concrete
I foundations shall be Type-3 as detailed in Standard Drawing SC-036128. Other types of
anchor bolts may be used depending upon the requirements and acceptance of the
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 24
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Design and construct separate reinforced concrete trenches covered with removable steel
checkered plates to route power cables and mechanical pipes inside the buildings. The
inner edges of the trench walls shall be provided with steel angles.
REVISIONS
The checkered plates shall be properly supported with steel supporting framework. The
PRE'AREDBVt ----I size of each checkered plate shall be limited to 0.6 square meters. Each checkered plate
DATE: shall be provided with two elliptical openings for lifting purposes and adequate number of
CHK'D BY, lifting bars shall be supplied. The steel plates shall be properly stiffened with steel flats at
their bottom. All steel shall be hot-dip galvanized.
Bottom slab of the trenches shall be sloped towards a sump pit; sufficient number of
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PLANNING DEPARTMENI' sump pits shall be provided at suitable locations.
~
Access to trenches shall be through climbing rungs. Climbing rungs shall be galvanized
r , steel coated with polyethylene red in color on 300mm spacing. The diameter of the rod
shall be 25mm; the wall distance shall be 180mm and bore distance shall be 330mm.
Trenches shall be made water-tight by providing two (2) layers of elastomeric bituminous
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick) on sides and bottom exposed to
soil. The membrane shall be protected with cement screed and protection board.
Design and construct reinforced concrete trenches with removable precast concrete
covers outside the substation bUildingsto route power cables and mechanical pipes.
The precast concrete covers shall be provided with lifting arrangement acceptable to the
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The design of trenches and trench covers shall be such
that entry of surface water shall be minimum. The inner edges of the trenches shall be
protected with galvanized steel angles.
Bottom slab of these trenches shall be sloped towards a sump pit. Sufficient number of
THIS DRAWING IS NOT sump pits shall be provided at suitable locations.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERlALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
Access to trenches shall be through climbing rungs. Climbing rungs shall be galvanized
CERTIFI[D AND DATED steel coated with polyethylene red in color on 300mm spacing. The diameter of the rod
shall be 25mm; the wall distance shall be 180mm and bore distance shall be 330mm.
The top of trenches shall be kept 100mm higher than the surrounding asphalt level to
prevent the entry of surface storm water, dust, debris and sand.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I---'""'"'!I---+-----+----+-'""'"'!
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 25
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The trenches inside the substation yard shall be of traffic type, i.e., these trenches shall
be designed for heaviest anticipated vehicle load.
Trenches shall be made water-tight by providing two (2) layers of elastomeric bituminous
waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick) on sides and bottom exposed to
soil. The membrane shall be protected with cement screed and protection board.
Concrete surfaces, except grade slab, shall be coated in accordance with the following:
'.8" ! APPROVED
B. Concrete surfaces above grade
After a minimum of thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement for severe exposure
concrete, all exposed concrete surfaces (above grade) shall be coated with an
l"'sMJSSION ASSET
~INC DEPARTMENT elastomeric polyurethane waterproofing material. The coating application shall
extend continuously 300mm below grade after curing of first coat of coal tar epoxy
coating. The minimum dry film thickness of elastomeric polyurethane coating shall
be 1mm. The interface of concrete and steel shall also be coated and the coating
shall extend 300mm above the interface point over the steel members. The primer
shall be suitably selected for concrete and steel surfaces.
OrfRATlNG DEPARTMENT C. Concrete interior surfaces
,
All interior surfaces (walls and base slab) of concrete (manholes, handholes,
trenches and cable basements/cable entry rooms) shall be coated with two (2) coats
of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane after thirty-five (35) days of
concrete placement. The total wet film thickness shall not be less than 1mm.
For cable tunnels, all interior surfaces shall be coated as per Clause 2.21.C above.
A. General
i
,
I
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly followed in all aspects of surface
~
IS DRAWING IS NOT
T
C NSTRlJCTION OR
BE USED FOR preparation, priming, coating application (first and succeeding coats and intervals therein,
F R ORDERING etc.), and curing time and safety practices. The coating on the exterior concrete surfaces
M TERlALS UNTil.
C RTIFIED AND DATED
,
shall be carried out after a minimum of fourteen (14) days following the curing period.
i
The coating shall form and maintain a continuous film over the concrete. The coating
material shall penetrate into the concrete and adhere to it effectively. This is to afford
protection to the concrete against the entry of oxygen, moisture and aggressive ions.
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
i SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----11---+-----+----+--1
I JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 26
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
:
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
B. Surface Preparation
z
o
E The surface to be coated shall be prepared prior to the application of the coating material.
~
o If any, surface cracks, shallow spalis and holes on the concrete surface shall be filled with
a concrete surfacer.
Dirt and other loose materials, laitance, oil, grease, wax, black-white carbonate deposits
i~
~RANSMISSION ASSET and yellow-white sulfate deposits shall be removed from the surface to reach solid gray
PFING DEPARTMENT
concrete underneath.
< _ L~.
The concrete surface shall be scrubbed by steel bristled brushes, followed by blowing of
compressed air (free of oil). Alternatively, a brush-off blast procedure may be adopted
(the sandblasting gun is held at a distance from the surface and the surface is swept with
the blast stream). The compressed air shall be free of oil and water as visually indicated
01RATING DEPARTMENT
by a collector (absorbent or non-absorbent), following the standard test procedure ASTM
!
04285. Further, ASTM standard practices for surface cleaning and abrading of concrete
-1r------ surface prior to coating application clean the newly exposed roughened concrete surface
by water blasting, using potable water. If corrosion products are observed on the metallic
structure and/or associated hardware immediately above the concrete, sandblast and
clean 300mm length above the concrete. This shall be done by abrasive blasting,
employing 60-80 meshes sand or mineral grit to a "white metal blast" finish as described
l~ in Section 6.2.7 of TES-H-107.01. Care shall be taken to ensure avoidance of any
BJ--SJ~'/ damage of the thread of the bolts. At the time of application of coating material, the
DA~' IU rJ(( (J surface shall be clean, dry and shall have adequate roughness for effective bonding of
I the costing material to the prepared substrate.
~
DRAWING IS NOT
T BE USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR
M TERlAlS
ORDERING
UNTIL
The coating work shall be carried out after a minimum of 14 days following the completion
C , TIFIEDAND DATED of curing period. The coating shall form and maintain a continuous film over the concrete
surface and over the steel-concrete interface. The coating material shall penetrate into
the concrete and adhere to it effectively.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t-----1I---+-----+----+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 27
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
"i< C. Coating
o
1. General
REVISIONS Coating materials containing heavy or metallic pigments that have a tendency
,
to settle must be kept in suspension in the pressure pot by a mechanical
PRI~ARED BY; - - - - - I stirrer.
DA.,k,
CH''DBY: c. Only thinners as specified by the manufacturer shall be used. Mixing and
I thinning directions as furnished by the manufacturer shall be followed.
I
I APrROVID
"I\RANSMISSION ASSET
If a coating material requires the addition of a catalyst. the pot life under
~ING DEPARTMENT application conditions shall be clearly stated on the label. The pot life must not
be exceeded. When the pot life limit is reached, the spray pot must be
emptied. the material discarded, the equipment cleaned and new material
" ,/
catalyzed.
Each coat shall be allowed to dry thoroughly and at least for the specified time
(as recommended by the manufacturer) prior to the application of a
succeeding (follow-on) coat.
a. Priming
The prepared surfaces shall be coated with the primer specified, within
the time limits as may be specified by the manufacturer, and prior to
T~IS
T
DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED FOR sunset of that day.
C NSTRUCTION OR
F R ORDERING
M TERIALS llNTlL
C RTIFI[DAND DATED
The prepared, dried concrete surfaces shall be primed with a highly
penetrating priming coat. The primer shall be applied by brush and shall
I be applied rather heavily for penetration. However, any excess shall be
removed from the surface so that no heavy areas or puddles are
formed.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+----+--1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 28
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
I
I
~
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
~
~
Q
~
=
u Regions of metallic members and hardware cleaned of any corrosion
products, as mentioned in "surface preparation" above shall be coated
with sacrificial specified zinc primer. This shall be done immediately after
cleaning. After curing of the sacrificial zinc primer, apply the elastomeric
z coating material.
o
E
The priming coat shall be applied on the steel surfaces and the steel
~
Q concrete interface such that there are no air or water pockets. Care shall
be taken to ensure proper coating at sharp corners, edges, bolts, hidden
recesses and inaccessible areas.
.
"..'c:.p
...--..-
spray equipment. Even, parallel passes shall be made with the spray gun. In
application of material, each spray shall overlap the previous pass by 50%. Large
surfaces shall always receive passes in two directions at right angles to each other.
Spray width adjustment on the gun shall be made and the readjustment of
/ /'
t-t------t atomiZing pressure at the regulators shall be made until the desired spray pattern is
obtained.
I
O+RATING DEPARTMENT Each coat is to be applied uniformly and completely over the entire surface. All runs
l~1
and sags shall be brushed out immediately or the paint shall be removed and the
surface re-sprayed.
-+----- Before spraying each coat, all areas such as corners, edges and interstices shall be
precoated by brush to ensure that these areas have at least the minimum specified
film thickness.
A supply of tips with varying spray angles and washers, as recommended by the
supplier for each specific configuration to be coated, shall be available at site.
4. Brush Application
T IS DR.<\.WING IS NOT
T BE USED FOR The coating material shall be brushed on to all areas, which cannot be properly
C NSTRUCTION OR
F R ORDERING spray coated for any reason. Surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be coated by
MI\TERlALS UNTIL
C RTIFIED AND DATED other suitable means to ensure a uniform film of adequate thickness.
Brushes used in coating application shall be of a style and quality that will permit
proper application. Round or oval brushes generally are considered most suitable
for rivets, bolts, and irregular surfaces. Wide flat brushes are suitable for large flat
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I-------...,I------+-----------f------+----I
H~==~-1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 29
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
L+ ......L HAIL SAUDI ARABIA---1._ _......L_---1. 84
----JL....-_........----I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
areas, but they shall not have a width of over 120mm. No extending handles shall
be allowed on brushes.
The brushing shall be done such that a smooth coat, as nearly uniform in thickness
as possible, is obtained. There shall be no deep or detrimental brush marks. The
coating material shall be worked into all crevices and corners.
In brush application of any of the solvent-type coatings, care must be taken so that
no lifting of former coats occurs.
0;
During application of each coat, all areas such as corners, edges and interstices
z
shall receive additional coating material to ensure that these areas have at least the
REVISIONS minimum specified film thickness and to ensure continuity of the coating.
pnt U D BY: _ _- I
5. Film Thickness and Testing:
PAT:
The total dry film thickness (OFT) that shall be obtained upon application and
subsequent curing shall be:
APPROVED
The coating dry film thickness limit must be adhered to strictly; the film thickness
OP RATING DEPARTMENT
shall be checked with the calibrated film thickness gauge supplied by the
CONTRACTOR. Where the film thickness does not meet this specification,
additional coating material shall be applied.
In order to achieve the specified dry film thickness, frequent checks on wet film
thickness shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR.
=~
~ In case of concrete surfaces, coupons of the dried film shall be cut out from the
BV, II coated surface, at locations where lesser film thickness is suspected. The cut out
DA /0 :11
region shall be re-coated, as specified herein.
A dry film, magnetic type thickness gauge (for steel surfaces) shall be calibrated
and made available at the site.
Tt IS DRAWING IS NOT
T( BE USED FOR
D. Repair of Defects
C( NSTRUcrION OR
Fe R ORDERING
M TERIALS UNTIL 1. General
C RTIFIED AND DATlm
Before application of any further coat of material, all damages to previous coats
shall be repaired.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t------1I---+-----+---+--I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 30
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
..--1~-r--Y---r-------------------------------,
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
E. Inspection
.......,------1
1. The COMPANY shall have the right to inspect at all times any tools, interments,
,
materials or equipment used in the performance of the coating application. The
O~RATING DEPARTMENT
CONTRACTOR shall make all parts of the WORK accessible for these inspections.
jf----' The COMPANY will designate a REPRESENTATIVE who will act for the COMPANY
to:
1-1------
a. Observe all application procedures during the time the WORK is in progress.
8Y~'
,
D. E, 101lift(
b.
c.
Approve the surface preparation prior to the application of any coating.
Approve condition of each coat prior to the application of the following coat.
~
IS DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED FOR
C NSTRliCTION OR 2. The COMPANY shall have the right to reject any and all tools, instruments,
F
M
R
TERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
materials, equipment or WORK, which do not conform to the specifications.
C RTIFIEDAND DATED Rejected areas of coating application shall be marked (for indication only) with a
compatible paint of contrasting color.
4. After completion of the WORK, all surplus materials and wastes from the coating
WORK shall be collected and disposed-off outside the working area. Overruns,
z droppings and smears shall be removed.
s
~
v
...'" 2.23 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
"
A. The crown of substation asphalt yard shall be at the center of the substation plot. The
yard shall be graded to drain water towards the fence (or boundary wall) at slope of 0.5
percent.
0z ~ N
-
REVISIONS
B. For the finished grade (crown) of the substation/BSP site development. refer to Clause
r-
I 7.4, TES-P-119.19.
DA :
C. Asphalt concrete paving works shall be as per the requirements of TCS-Q-113.01.
CH 'DBY:
Minimum thickness of combined binder and wearing course shall be 102mm (64mm thick
class "A" asphalt binder course and 38mm thick Class "C" asphalt wearing course).
~
~MISSION ASSET
rl~G DEPARTMENT
D. Base and sub-base materials shall satisfy the requirement of TCS-Q-113.01 and TCS-Q-
113.02. Minimum thickness of base course shall be 300mm, Class "B" as per TCS-Q-
<: --:- yCZ;?
113.02 with liquid limit of 25% and Plasticity Index of 4-8% maximum. Sub-base materials
/67//// shall conform to TCS-Q-113.02.
/
E. Asphalt paving shall be designed for the following vehicle (mobile substation) loading.
l~
Total Weight 104000 kg
BY:
OAT , 10 fit
2.24 SEPTIC TANKS AND SEEPAGE PITS
Septic tank, seepage pit and distribution box shall be as per COMPANY Standard
Drawings TA-800134, TA-800135 and TA-B00136, except as modified herein:
TH S DRAWlNG IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR a. Concrete shall conform to severe exposure condition.
co STRUCTION OR
FO ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CE TIFIED AND DATIW b. CONTRACTOR shall determine by structural calculations if the septic tank and
seepage are directly located under traffic load. If necessary, the CONTRACTOR
shall redesign/reinforce the septic tank and seepage pit.
I
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVll DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 32
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c. Septic tank interior surfaces shall be coated two (2) coats of elastomeric
cementitious impermeable membrane after thirty-five (35) days of concrete
placement. The total wet film thickness shall not be less than 1mm.
d. Septic tanks shall be made watertight by providing two (2) layers of elastomeric
bituminous waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick) on sides and
bottom exposed to soil. The membrane shall be protected with cement screed and I
protection board.
g f"') N _ Sanitary sewer manholes and covers shall be as per COMPANY Standard Drawings TA-
800137.
REVISIONS
I
PREt""REDBY: ---I
2.26 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STRUCTURESITAKE-OFF
DATf'
I
STRUCTURES
CH1D1Y,
Concrete foundations shall be provided to support all the necessary equipment and steel
I~ structures. Top of concrete foundations for equipment and other support structures shall
~SMlSSION ASSET be of the same elevation, with the top of concrete at 150mm (minimum) to 450mm
P~ING DEPARTMENT
(maximum) from top of asphalt.
-
Design criteria for the design of foundations shall be in accordance with TES-P-119.19
and TES-P-119.18.
~I----- The foundations for power transformers shall be designed as per TES-P-119.18 and TES-
P-119.21. Oil catch basin or oil retention pit shall be designed in the form of an open
rectangular reinforced concrete box with transformer placed on concrete block foundation.
The oil catch basin shall be designed to hold 100% of transformer oil. Interconnection
~JM! pipes shall be provided to keep the depth to a minimum. In addition, the following
/j' requirements shall be implemented.
BY, ~ ,I
DAT, Ie <./I! Design and install galvanized steel grating and structural steel supports 300mm below the
top of the foundation and spread gravel with size between 20 to 30mm over it to permit
transformer oil to readily flow into the oil catch basin. The gravel shall be clean, non-
dusting, hard and shall conform to 70-TMSS-03 (except the grading requirements). The
galvanized steel grating shall be adequately grounded and bonded to the substation
THis DRAWING IS NOT grounding system. The floor slab of the catch basin shall be sloped towards a sump pit.
TO BE USED FOR
CO STRVcrlON OR Galvanized steel checkered plates shall be provided over the sump pit.
FO ORDERING
Mil ERIALS ure'ru.
CE TIFIED AND DATED
A permanent manually operated horizontal mounted centrifugal pump shall be installed
near the transformer foundation on a concrete pad. It shall be protected with a galvanized
steel sunshade.
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11--......------1----+---1
OBORDERNO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 33
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
_1_-
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Top of transformer foundations & oil catch basins shall be kept as follows:
a. Shall be in level with other equipment foundations (approximately 300mm above the
surrounding asphalt level) if rails are to be provided up to the road fronting the
transformers
b. Flushed on the asphalt if longitudinal rails are also provided along the road fronting the
transformers, in which case, the road shall be level for a length equal to the length of
the longitudinal rails
Galvanized steel grating shall be a minimum of 5mm thick with a clear spacing of 19mm.
Gratings and structural steel supports shall be galvanized as per ASTM A 123, except that
oz the minimum thickness of galvanizing shall be O.13mm. Galvanized steel wire mesh shall
be provided above the metal grating.
REVISIONS
The oil catch basin shall be made watertight by providing elastomeric bituminous
PRE ARED BY: ----I
waterproofing membrane two (2) layers, each 4mm thick on sides and bottom. The
waterproofing membranes shall be protected with protection board and cement concrete
screed.
APPROVED
Crash barriers with chain link shall be installed around power transformers as per the
~.SMlSSIONASSET Standard Drawing TA-800133.
P r'.....INC D1EPARTMENf
2.28 FIREWALLS
Design and install reinforced concrete firewalls at locations shown on the conceptual
drawings. Minimum thickness of firewalls shall be 200mm for above ground and 300mm
for below ground. Firewalls shall be constructed independent from the buildings and
separated by isolation joints.
Crash barriers with chain link shall be installed around station service transformers as per
T IS DRAWING IS NOT Standard Drawing TA-800133.
T BE USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR
F( R ORDERING
M TERIALS UNTIL.
C RTIFIED AN D DATED
2.30 COMMUNICATION DUCTBANKS AND HANDHOLES
telephone cables from STC) and handholes. The CONTRACTOR shall determine the
exact routing of the ductbanks.
Ductbanks and handholes system shall be provided from take-off structure up to the
communication room. Communication handhole near to the take-off structure shall be
within 5 meter radius.
Handholes shall conform to the COMPANY Standard Drawings TB-800076 and TB-
800077.
I APPROVED
Two (2)-50mm 0 PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduits shall be provided and
I
1 RANSMISSION ASSET
installed to route the Underground Non-Metallic Optical Fiber Cables from the Joint Box
PL ~ING DEPARTMENT
on the take-off structures to the Communication Handhole located at the base of the
C:::=~:5P structure.
/0/8///
I' / Two (2)-50mm 0 PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduits shall be provided from the
handhole near the building to the point of cable entry into the building to route the fiber
optic cables.
Additionally, a ductbank with one (1) 50mm diameter PVC conduit shall be provided
between communications telephone termination cabinet (TTC) and the boundary wall for
jt- I
- -
the future STC Telephone connection.
Sides and base slab of handholes shall be provided with two (2) layers of waterproofing
membrane (each minimum 4mm thick). The membrane applied to vertical surfaces shall
~
be protected with a 15mm thick protection board, and applied to horizontal surfaces shall
be with 50mm thick concrete screed and two (2) layers of 150-micron polyethylene sheet.
RV:
DA, I U
,In fU The elevation of the top of the communication handholes shall be 100mm above the
surrounding asphalt finished grade elevation to preclude the entry of water. All handholes
within the substation yard shall be of traffic type.
The marker plate shall be located on the handhole cover collar frame.
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11--;-----+---+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 35
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACT NO.
, HANDHOLE NO./STRUCTURE NO. :
JOINT BOX NO.
z CABLE TYPE/NO. OF CORES
....
0
;: LINK DESTINATION
CABLE MANUFACTURER
'-'
'"
'"0 INSTALLATION YEAR
I
I
I
2.31 ELECTRICAL DUCTBANKS AND MANHOLES
g ~ H
- CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of power and control cable ductbanks
REVISIONS and shall size them adequately to accommodate all the LV & power cables to be installed
in this PROJECT including future expansion plus 20% spare capacity.
P4A.REDBYl _ _......
Ductbanks shall meet the requirements of Standard Drawing TA-800062. Manholes shall
*- I~
~M1SSION
P~ING DEPARTMENT
ASSET
~
be in accordance with TA-800096, TA-80009? and TA-800098. Manholes shall be of
traffic type.
Manholes shall be sized to accommodate all the electrical cables and shall provide
necessary room for the maintenance, bending and splicing of cables
;>< ~
Manholes shall be provided with pulling eyes, sump, ladder rungs and all necessary
accessories. Manhole covers shall be of cast iron, coated with anti-corrosion paint. Spare
ducts shall be capped and water sealed.
I Manholes shall be provided at every change in direction, crossing, start and end of
O+RATING DEPARTMENT ductbank system and at every 300 meters of continuous cable run.
I
Sides and base slab of manholes shall be provided with two (2) layers waterproofing
membrane (each minimum 4mm thick). The membrane applied to vertical surfaces shall
-It- I
- - - be protected with a 15mm thick protection board, and applied to horizontal surfaces shall
be with 50mm thick concrete screed and two (2) layers of 150-micron polyethylene sheet.
CtRT[F~
BY,
DA
'-11!
/0 cUr
The elevation of the top of manholes shall be 100mm above the surrounding asphalt
finished grade elevation to preclude the entry of water. All manholes within the substation
yard shall be of traffic type. The manholes shall not be located in asphalt road or road
marking.
A stainless steel marker plate with writing "SEC ELECTRICAL MANHOLE NUMBER #"
shall be provided on each manhole. The marker plate shall be located on the manhole
Tt IS DRAWING IS NOT cover collar frame.
T( BE USED FOR
C( NSTRUCTION OR
Fe,," ORDERING
M TERIALS IJNTIL
C",TIFIED AND DATED
2.32 SUBSTATION SIGNBOARD
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 36
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
B. Substation signboard shall be installed near the gatehouse facing the access road.
Substation signboard near the gatehouse shall be per Standard Drawing TA-800111.
B. Pedestrian and vehicular gates Main drive gate and personnel gate shall be as per
Standard Drawing SA-036272 except the height shall be 3000mm instead of 2400mm.
There shall be helical barbed wires with tension wires (3 strands) behind the gate similar
to the precast boundary wall. A suitable opening shall be provided in the drive and
personnel gate at padlock location so that the lock can be opened/closed from both sides
REVISIONS
of the gate, details of which shall be furnished to the COMPANY for review and approval.
~~um--l C. The asphalt level near the gates shall be maintained at the same elevation (preferably
flat) for a distance of at least equal to the width of the gate leaf to facilitate opening of
CHfDBY: gates and maintaining 50mm gap between the asphalt and the gates.
I~ D. The gate locking system indicated in the drawing may be changed depending upon the
~~MISSION ASSET requirements of the COMPANY. Similarly, the gate holder arrangement may also be
P ~lNG DEPARTMENT
changed depending upon the requirements of the COMPANY.
E. The drive and personnel gates shall be fabricated and installed to avoid the following:
1. Unbalancing of hinges
I
2. Barrel bolt shall have movable lid at the top to prevent entry of sand and debris.
OPfRATING DEPARTMENT 3. It shall be made rigid, such that during high wind condition it can be opened or
closed easily and safely.
I
F. Precast concrete boundary walls including pedestrian and vehicular gates, if shown in the
conceptual drawings, shall be constructed as per Standard Drawing TA-800012.
Contractor shall submit boundary wall layout and shop drawings for review and approval
=Xj; before fabrication of precast columns and walls.
J\lfi
DA , If.) (fir 2.34 PROTECTIVE CRASH BARRIERS WITH CHAIN LINK
I
A heavy-duty galvanized chain link shall be provided between the barriers, provision shall
TIj IS DRAWING IS NOT
be made at the barrier to secure the chain link properly.
TC BE USED FOR
C< NSTRUCTION OR
FUR ORD':RING
M TERIALS UNTIL
C'RTIFIED AND DATED
2.35 ACCESS LADDER TO ROOF
The caged ladder to roof of the buildings shall be as per Standard Drawing SE-119192B.
At the entrance of the ladder, a galvanized steel mesh with locking arrangement shall be
provided.
[ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 37
C494 A PTS-11 CM01 0 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
; ",4.J+Sll ~J~\ ~..,>JJ\
~
u SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~
~
~
~
~
=
v
2.36 ROOF AND CANOPY WATERPROOFING SYSTEM
Building roof shall be provided with one (1) layer PVC waterproofing membrane or two (2)
z; layers bituminous waterproofing membranes.
.;::
0
0:
v Roof waterproofing with PVC Membrane
"'
'"
0
_.
~
;. ~~MISSION ASSET
lNNING DEPAKTMEJ'{f
(vertical) (Solar shield)
4 Adhesive Special suitable for hot and humid climate
'C ,. ~
5 Hot Air Weld The horizontal and vertical membrane shall be
/<7/8/// welded (minimum overlap 75mm)
I'
6 Separation layer 200 micron polyethylene sheet
7 Roof Thermal Insulation RiQid extruded polystyrene board
I
I 8 Protection layer Non-woven, geotextile made from polyester or
OPi RATING DEPARTMENT
propylene fibers, 2mm thick and weighing
300g/m2
9 Gravel 50mm thick
10 Sealant UV resistant
11 Aluminum flashing 50mm x 1mm thick with four bends fixed with
screws
~D 12 Cement Mortar Under tiles (25mm thick)
13 Tiles Walkway 800mm wide, loose laid precast
BY:
, /6/11. II concrete tiles (400mm x 400mm x 25mm)
DAT
, I
14 FilleUCant strip 50mm x 50mm sand and cement mortar strip
should be made along the intersection of
horizontal and vertical surfaces.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OBQRDERNQ. APPENPIX-Vlllb 38
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
,
I
i
~ ~4JfSl1 ~J.Jl'-l1 j"s~1
~
u SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
=
~
=
~
a true surface.
1i 2 Primer Concrete surfaces shall be dry before application
of Primer. Primer must not be poured onto the
surface & care must be taken to avoid "pounding"
in depressions.
z 3 Bituminous membrane, The membrane shall be installed using torch
.;:
0
;;
4mm thick with 200 welding method and on application fully adhered
gsm polyester fabric to the primed surface for the horizontal and
'"'Q"'
'"
reinforcement vertical surfaces. The joints shall be welded by
torch welding method.
4 Bituminous membrane, The membrane shall be loose laid over the
4mm thick with 200 membrane described in item 3. The longitudinal
ez ~ N ~
gsm polyester fabric and end lap joints shall be welded by torch
reinforcement welding method.
REVISIONS
5 Solar shield Bituminous Granular surface for exposed application
PRl+~..RfD BY: membrane, 4mm thick
with 200 gsm polyester
OAt' fabric reinforcement
CH 'DBY:
6 Separation layer 200 micron polyethylene sheet
7 Roof Thermal Rigid extruded polystyrene board
,i
_.
APPROV[D Insulation
jRANSMlSSlON ASSET
p ~G DEPARTMENT
8 Protection Layer Non-woven, geotextile made from polyester or
-1--
propylene fibers, 2mm thick and weighing
",9 300g/m 2
vc/g/// 9 Gravel 50mm thick
.'
/' ~
10 Sealant UV resistant
I
11 Aluminum flashing 50mm x 1mm thick with four bends fixed with
,
,
screws
O+RATING D"'RTMEI'IT 12 Cement Mortar Under tiles (25mm thick)
13 Tiles 800mm wide, loose laid walkway made up of
~ precast concrete tiles (400mm x 400mm x 25mm)
14 Fillet/Cant strip 50mm x 50mm sand and cement mortar strip
should be made along the intersection of
CERTWII:D
horizontal and vertical surfaces.
BY: ~l / /) fMLI
Door canopy waterproofing with one "PVC" or one "4mm thick Bituminous"
membrane
D.
f
Item # Description Requirements/Specifications
1 Concrete canopy
2 Cement sand screed Screed surface should be even and smooth.
Tf IS DRAWING IS NOT 3 PVC waterproofing Terminate at the groove/chase. Joints shall
T( BE USED
C( NSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
membrane, 1.5mm thick, be hot welded.
Fe,,"
M TJ:RIALS
OROF.RING
UNTIL
horizontal loose laid and
c ~TIFIED AND DATED vertical fixed with adhesive
OR
Bituminous membrane,
4mm thick with 200gsm Torch welding method. Terminate at the
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 39
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
Ii 1'4~ ~J..,.....Jl ~~I
~
u SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
=
s,
~
=
~
polyester fabric groove/chase.
"
u reinforcement
4 Adhesive Special suitable for hot and humid climate
(applicable for PVC membrane)
5 Gravel 50mm thick
z 6 Protection layer Non-woven, geotextile made from polyester
s
~ or propylene fibers, 2mm thick and weighing
"
u
r:l
300a/m 2
Q
7 Sealant UV resistant
8 FilieUCant strip 50mm x 50mm sand and cement mortar
strip should be made along the intersection
of horizontal and vertical surfaces.
0
z ~ N
- The following shall be implemented:
REVISIONS
PREtAKEDBY;
1. The roof slope at the gulley/scupper shall be achieved by cement sand screed.
2. Overlapping of PVC membrane shall be 75mm.
DA~' The built-up roof details other than recommended shall not be approved.
3.
CH,'DB": 4. The adhesive for the PVC membrane shall be recommended by the manufacturer.
I
I 5. The primer for bituminous membrane shall be recommended by the manufacturer.
~ APPROVED
SMISSION ASSET
P I INC DEPARTMENT
_
2.37 CABLE BASEMENT, CABLE TUNNEL AND CABLE ENTRY ROOM WATERPROOFING
r-- .,. 7
10/15/// Waterproofing shall be carried out as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19.
('
The waterproofing membrane shall be extended up to the finished floor level and shall be
I
I
fixed to finished grade slab with aluminum flashing and sealant. In exposed areas, the
0t1RATINC DEPARTMENT membrane shall be type for exposed purpose.
I
Fabricate and erect lighting and lightning mast steel monopoles as detailed in Standard
, CAli/ Drawing TA-800004. CONTRACTOR shall select the steel monopoles based on the
BY:
wj
1,lIklll
r
approved lighting/lightning calculations and submit the fabrication, assembly & erection
drawings for company review & approval. No fabrication or erection shall start until the
DA E:
, , I SUbmitted drawings are approved & stamped as Issued For Construction (IFC) & Noted
By.
Design, assembly, fabrication drawings provided by the COMPANY will in no way relieve
the CONTRACTOR from the entire responsibility.
T IS DRAWING IS NOT
Tl BE USED FOR
C NSTRUCfION OR
F( R ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTIL 2.39 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS
C RTIFIED AND DATED
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install temporary supports to hold the structures and equipment
in place while performing repair WORK. The temporary supports shall be installed only
after the section to be repaired is de-energized.
!
[ROll
I
I STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
I JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-V1l1b 40
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
B. The temporary supports shall be removed when compressive strength of the grouting
material and concrete is 28 MPa or more, and in no case, shall the temporary supports be
removed sooner than seven (7) days after concrete pouring. However, curing shall
continue for twenty-one (21) days as outlined in the repair procedure. Placement of
z grouting material shall not be done until concrete compressive strength is 21 MPa or
E
;
more.
u
~
"
2.40 CONCRETE REPAIR WORK
C. If the cracks still exist, then inject those cracks with epoxy resin.
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PlANNING DEPARTMENT
D. Clean and remove corrosion products from surfaces exposed on concrete removal. The
surface preparation shall be SSPC-SP10 of rebars and SSPC-SP5 of embedded metallic
inserts of cable clamps, i.e., to the description in Sections 6.2.6 and 6.2.7 of TES-H-
/0/8/// 107.01 respectively, shall be obtained.
.r
E. Tie an extra rebar (not exceeding 'the original bar in diameter) where any rebar is found to
be corroded by more than 20% of the original cross sectional area, as determined by the
OPERATING DEPARTMENT COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
F. Coat all cleaned rebar surfaces with a sacrificial zinc-rich primer specified. Prime and coat
the cleaned, embedded metallic inserts of cable clamps. Wet grit blasting or other
approved means shall be adopted to obtain white metal surface finish (SSPC-SP3 or Sa-3
Surface Preparation of TES-H-107.01).
G. Presoak the concrete substrate continuously with potable water, at least eight (8) hours
preceding the placement of concrete/repair mortar. Alternatively, use a bonding agent
according to manufacturer's recommendations and upon COMPANY'S approval.
H. In the chipped (as mentioned above), cleaned and prepared (i.e., presoaked) regions,
place concrete and repair mortar. Ensure a minimum clear cover of 75mm to the
cleaned/added coated rebar. The thickness of the member in the repaired regions shall, if
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR need be, increased for this purpose.
CONSTRUCfION OR
,,'OR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTil
CERTIFIED AND DATED
I. Cure the repaired regions with potable water continuously for duration of twenty-one (21)
days, since the placement of concrete, and as recommended by the manufacturer, but in
any case, a minimum of seven (7) days, since the repair mortar placed.
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1I---t-----+----+--I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX.Vlllb 41
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
J. All repaired/sound concrete surfaces and surface for embedded metallic inserts of cable
supports shall be prepared and coated for protection.
K. Temporary supports shall be removed only after the on-site cured concrete cylinder
specimens have attained a minimum compressive strength, as mentioned above, and in
no case, shall it be less than seven (7) days after concrete placement.
A. This method of repair is adopted when concrete cracks are deep and the structural
integrity of the concrete is to be restored. This procedure of rehabilitation and protection is
0;
z
outlined in the following sections.
REVISIONS
B. The concrete surface to be repaired by resin injection shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
PREPARED BY, ----I deteriorated concrete and all other loose materials. Those that are to be injected shall
then be thoroughly inspected and injection port, drilling and pumping pattern established.
DATE:
CHK"D BY,
C. Install injection ports by drilling holes designed to intersect the cracks to depth below the
concrete surface. The spacing of the injection ports shall not exceed 300mm, and closer
APPROVED spacing of ports may be required. All cracked surfaces shall be sealed so that the liquid
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PLANNING DEPARTMENT
resin injected under pressure will not leak and flow out of cracks prior to gelling and
curing. A non-sagging surface seal shall be applied to the faces of the cracks completely
bridging the cracks.
/ /
D. The surface seal adhesive shall be an epoxy resin compatible with the liquid resin being
injected. It shall preferably belong to the product range of the manufacture of epoxy resin
material specification.
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
E. Care shall be taken to mix only that amount of surface seal that can be utilized before the
material begins to gel. Continuous mixing of the two (2) components of the injection
adhesive shall be done in mixing chamber that properly mixes the material into the
finished curable adhesive. The injection adhesive components shall be separately
pumped into the chamber.
BY'~'
DATE, /(1 /Kill
F. The mixed adhesive shall be mechanically injected entering the ports through a
connection fitting appropriate to the type of port fitting attached to the concrete. Injection
pressure shall typically be in the range of 1 MPa to 1.5 MPa and shall allow the entire
crack/fixtures to be filled. The injection pressure shall be sustained until the port no longer
accepts resin. The adhesive shall be injected into the cracks through successive adjacent
ports starting at the lowest port and working upwards. Injection must continue through
one port until the epoxy adhesive starts flowing out of the adjacent port in a steady stream
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE lJSED FOR without air. At this stage, the first port shall be capped off and injection started on the port,
CONSTRUCTION
FOR ORDERING
OR
which has begun to show adhesive.
MATERIALS llNTlL
CRTIFIEDAND DATED
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t-----tt--;------t----t---t
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 42
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.01 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit two (2) sets of original literature/brochures of the materials,
z
0
which shall necessarily include description, composition, uses, advantages, standards
t
;;:
compliance, limitations, precautions, storage, maintenance, installation and application
u procedurelmethod, etc., of the material in detail.
f:I
" I
C. The materials manufacturer shall provide Certificate of Analysis of his product from the
oz company approved Independent test agency at the time of approval and shall ready to
perform the random site sampling test at the company approved Independent testing
REVISIONS
agency. The site sampling test reports shall be forwarded to the COMPANY directly by
the Independent testing agency.
D. COMPANY has the right to send the proposed sample to an approved independent
testing agency for testing and verification purposes..CONTRACTOR shall bear all the
expenses incurred for testing.
i~
tluNSMlSSION ASSET
p~ DEPARTMINl'
OPtRATING OEPARTMENT C. A lean concrete 75mm thick shall be provided under all concrete cast against the earth.
I
Lean concrete shall be normal condition; minimum strength shall be 17 MPa. A vapor
! barrier, two (2) layers of 150 microns each, polyethylene sheet shall be placed above the
lean concrete.
D. A vapor barrier, two (2) layers of 150 microns each, polyethylene sheet, shall be provided
under electrical and communication concrete encased ductbanks.
BY,
OA
q}, III IXII/
3.03 CEMENT & SAND SCREED
A cement & sand (1:3) screed with water cement ratio as low as possible compatible with
workability. The surface of the structural concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned from all
rubbish, concrete and mortar droppings. Oil and grease patches shall be cleaned with
T~S
T BE USED FOR
DRAWING IS NOT approved agents. The surface of the floor shall be roughened with wire brush and
C NSTRUCfIQN OR
F ORDERING thoroughly cleaned with clean water. SurplUS water shall be brushed off and 1:1
M TERIALS UNTIL
C TIFIEDANDDATED
cement/sand slurry brushed over the surface immediately before laying the screed. The
,
finished surface shall be laid in panels and trowelled smooth to produce hard, dense and
flat surface. Continuous curing shall be performed for at least 7 days.
[Ro1]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----jI---+-----+----f----1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 43
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to SASO SSA-2/79, hot rolled medium and high tensile
deformed steel with minimum yield strength of 350 MPa and 420 MPa respectively.
Deformations shall conform to ASTM A615M.
B. Reinforcing steel fastening ties shall be made using 1.5mm diameter galvanized wire with
at least two (2) wraps and twists. Tie spacing along the line of any bar shall not exceed
600mm horizontally or vertically. Wire tied splices shall be made with a minimum of two
(2) separate ties.
I C. Welded wire fabric shall conform to SASO SSA-224; cold drawn, steel wires with
<:> minimum yield strength of 240 MPa.
z
REVISIONS
D. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be made by lapping a minimum of one spacing of
PREtA-REDBY, _ _--\
outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet plus 50mm.
DA~: E. All reinforcement shall be bent cold. Once steel has been bent it shall not be rebent.
CH4DBYl
I
F. Welding shall not be permitted unless the mill test reports are furnished and show that
steel has been modified for weldability. Welding shall be done in accordance with
~
'PP'OVE.
~SSET Company Engineering Standard TES-W-1 09.01, Rev. O.
P INC DEPARTMENT
G. All reinforcement accessories (spacers, chairs, etc.) required for spacing, assembling and
supporting reinforcement shall be plastic (PVC or HOPE) accessories and shall be subject
/ " to approval.
I
I
01IlATING DEPARTMENT
3.05 STRUCTURAL STEEURAIL TRACK STEEL
I
A. Structural steel shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM A36M/ASTM A572M.
B. Where shown in the drawings, rail track steel shall be provided for easy movement of the
transformers during maintenance. The Contractor shall design/propose the type and size
UIIf!!Jl of rails using the transformer manufacturer's suggestions/requirements/
J
recommendations. They shall rest and bolted on reinforced concrete ballasts/supports,
BY ~~~ /
which will be designed/proposed by the Contractor and submit drawings for review .
E, 10 'J(/,/
C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM A325M, ASTM
A563M and ASTM F436 respectively.
D. Structural steel shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the
Tf IS DRAWING'S NOT
requirements of 01-TMSS-01, Rev. 01. Bolts, nuts, washers and palnuts shall be
T( BE USED
C( NSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
galvanized in accordance with the requirements of 01-TMSS-01, Rev. 01.
FeR ORDERING
M TERIALS U"'TIL
CI!RTIFIED AND DATED E. Welding shall conform to COMPANY Engineering Standard for "General Welding Criteria"
TES-W-109.01, Rev. O.
F. Anchor bolts shall conform to Standard Drawing SC-036128. Full length of anchor bolts
shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with 01-TMSS-01, Rev. 01.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t---"""'"'it---+-----+----+-"""'"'i
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 44
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
G. Design, fabrication and erection of steel structures shall be in accordance with latest
revision of AISC Manual of Steel Construction.
H. Design, fabrication and erection of latticed steel structures shall be in accordance with the
latest revision of AISC Manual of Steel Construction.
I. CONTRACTOR shall submit all fabrication and erection drawings for COMPANY review
and comments. No fabrication shall commence until all fabrication drawings are approved
and marked "Issued for Construction".
J. All steel structures shall be fabricated from a COMPANY approved steel fabricator.
CONTRACTOR shall submit the assembly and fabrication drawings for COMPANY review
and comments in coordination with the steel fabricator. Assembly and fabrication
REVISIONS drawings shall be signed and stamped by CONTRACTOR as well as steel fabricator.
Fabrication shall not commence until all fabrication drawings are approved and marked
PutARID BY: ----I "Issued for Construction" by SEC.
D+
CH1'DBY:
3.06 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS, MORTAR AND GROUT
I
,I~ A. Non-load bearing concrete masonry units shall conform to ASTM C129, Type II. The
.EMISSION ASSET
PT",ING DEPARTMENT surfaces of CMU shall be fair-faced, strain-free ready to receive paint. The CMU shall be
true to shape and size, free from flaws, cracks and other defects, CMU with broken edges
and otherwise damaged shall not be used.
" B. The CMU wall shall be cured continuously for at least seven (7) days.
,
C. Where wall heights are not an exact number of courses, the extra height shall be made
D~RATINC
,
D. . . .TM.NT up with cast-in-place concrete with minimum compressive strength of 38 MPa. The
surface finish shall be similar to the adjacent CMU.
BYI1\JfJ, E. Vertical reinforcement shall conform to SASO SSA-2 with a yield stress of 420 MPa.
DA In I Mil Deformations shall conform to ASTM A615M. Minimum size of vertical reinforcement shall
be 12mm diameter.
F. At the interface of concrete elements (beams, columns) and CMU walls, expanded metal
lath and dovetail anchors shall be provided.
Ttl IS DRAWING IS NOT
TC BE USED FOR
C( NSTRUCfION OR G. All the plastering accessories such as expanded metal lath, angle bead, control joint
FUR OKU[RING
M TERlALS UNTIL bead, strip mesh, corner mesh, block work reinforcement, plaster stop bead, etc., shall be
CERTIFIED AND DATED
galvanized steel.
H. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270, Type M and shall have a minimum compressive
strength of 17 MPa at twenty-eight (28) days:
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1~--+------f---_+-_1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-V1l1b 45
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~i
<
z;
o
Proportions by Volume: 1 part cement, 1/4 part lime and 3 to 3-3/4 parts sand
t
;;
I. Masonry grout shall conform to ASTM C476 and shall have a minimum compressive
~ strength of 21 MPa at twenty-eight (28) days.
"
Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type V
Lime ASTM C207, Type S
Aggregate ASTM C404, maximum coarse aggregate size shall be 9.5mm
REVISIONS
Slump shall not be less than 200mm.
P~AREDBY: __ -I
A. General
~
APPROYE D
SMiSSION ASSET 1. All doors, except toilet doors, shall open outwards and shall be weather-tight to
P, INC DEPARTMENT
prevent moisture, dust and sand from entering inside the building.
2. Exterior and interior hollow metal doors shall be acoustically sealed, thermally
/" /" insulated, honeycombed core construction and approved and labeled for 3 hours fire
resistance rating as per Underwriter's Laboratories (UL).
I,
I
3. Doors shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 80, NFPA 101 and UL 63.
O~RATING DEPARTMENT
i 4. Fire endurance tests of door assembly shall be performed in accordance with NFPA
j- 252.
-j--- 5. Hollow metal doors shall be fabricated in conformance with the requirements of
Steel Door Institute (SOl) specifications, SOI-100.
6. Hollow metal doors shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of Steel
Door Institute (SOl) specifications, SOI-105.
8. Minimum fire rating of all exterior and interior doors shall be 3 hours.
I ~'IS DRAWING IS NOT
I T( BE llSED FOR
C< NSTRUCTIQN OR 9. All doors shall be bonded together with braided copper clad steel and shall be
FOR ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTIL grounded to substation grounding.
C RTiFIED AND DATED
10. The fire resistance ratings of all the doors and hardware shall be certified by an
accredited independent testing agency acceptable to COMPANY.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+--..-+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 46
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
11, Door frames shall be completely filled with cement grout with minimum compressive
strength of 21 MPa.
12. Metal surfaces of doors shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, scale, grease rough
spots and other foreign matters that may prevent proper paint adhesion.
13. All surfaces of doors and frames shall be applied or sprayed with one coat of rust-
inhibitive metallic oxide zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer and finished with
catalytically cured epoxy coating system. Primer shall be baked-on in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations for developing maximum hardness and
resistance to abrasion. Primed surfaces shall be smooth and suitable to receive the
finish coat.
ez
14. All surfaces of doors and frames shall be coated with two (2) coats of high gloss
REVISIONS epoxy paint. The paint shall be suitable for application over the galvanized surfaces.
15. Metal spreaders on frames to be set in concrete are to remain in place. Metal
spreaders on frames set at finished floor level shall not to be removed until frames
are securelyanchored in place with permanent anchors.
APPROVED
16. Painting work to doors and frames shall be in accordance with TES-H-107.01 and
RANSMISSION ASSET color shade shall be as per TES-H-107.02.
P NNING DEPARTMENT
17. The size of doors shall be adequate for the easy movement of biggest equipment,
while sizing the door CONTRACTOR shall provide the documents for the biggest
,./ / equipment that shall be moved in and out of the door.
18. All door (exterior and interior) locks including fire exit hardware lock devices shall be
master keyed to one system as per TES-P-119.19.
19. CONTRACTOR shall submit all fabrication and erection drawings for COMPANY
review and comments. No fabrication shall commence until all fabrication drawings
are approved and marked "Issued for Construction".
BY~
DArn, ~, I VI
."
{(
Elevations of each door and frame type
Profile and thickness of metal
Wall conditions and anchorage details
Typical and special details of construction
Label requirements
Finished hardware location, reinforcing and preparation
T~ IS DRAWING IS NOT Specification for surface preparation and shop priming
T( BE USED FOR
C NSTRU(TION OR Other pertinent and necessary information
F<lR ORDERING
M TERIALS VNTIL
CIRT,FIEDAND DATED b. Samples: Submit three (3) 300mm x 300mm section of door showing internal
construction, edge detail and reinforcement for butts, three (3) "L" section of
frame showing corner detail and two (2) 300mm length of removable stop.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t-----1f---+-----+----+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 47
C494 A PTS11 CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c. Submit all the technical literature and sample board of all the hardware.
20. Doors shall be installed by door fabricator or on his behalf, by a professional door
installer approved by the manufacturer and acceptable to the COMPANY.
Contractor is not authorized to install the door by himself, unless the manufacturer
approves him as their authorized installer. However, the door manufacturer is
responsible for professional installation.
Contractor shall submit the installation procedure for COMPANY review and
approval.
21. Double leaf doors with more than 2.40m in height shall be provided with awning
transom panel. Lifting and holding arrangement of awning transom panel shall be
mechanical. Details shall be provided for COMPANY review and approval.
i REVISIONS
22. Double leaf doors shall be provided with roller moving on rail. The rail shall be
PREP~RED BY: - - - - I
!
embedded in the concrete floor and flushed with room floor finished level.
DATt
OIK BY,
B. Door Leaves
I
i~ 1. Doors shall be fabricated from 1.5mm (gauge 16) hot-dip galvanized steel sheet
.~SMISSION ASSET conforming to ASTM A446; Grade D. Steel sheets shall be galvanized as per ASTM
Pil'llNG DEPARTMENT
A525M, with coating class 2-275 (275 g/m2 ) .
~--
3. Doors shall be provided with 1.87mm (gauge 14) horizontal stiffener channels at top
and bottom of doors welded to face sheets.
!
4. Doors shall be provided with 1.87mm (gauge 14) stile channels welded to face
'Y+~'
sheets.
5. Prepare door opening for hardware. All joints and corners of the assembly shall be
DAT, IMt\{ U face welded and ground smooth.
6. All hollow portions of the doors shall be filled completely with fiberglass insulation or
solid core rigid polyurethane (foam-in-placed)/pre-foamed polystyrene insulation.
I
The insulation material shall be such that the U factor is not greater than 0.568 WI
THI~ DRAWING IS NOT (m 2 -K).
TO i B[ USED FOR
CO~STRUCTIQN OR
FO ORDERING
MA ERIALS UNTIL 7. Exposed joints shall be fully welded, filled and ground smooth.
CE1TIFIED AND DATED
10. Doors shall not have more than 3mm clearance at jambs and headers and 6mm
from the finished floor.
11. Door panels shall be free from buckles, twists or other imperfections. Panels shall
not have a buckle exceeding 1.5mm, as determined by a straight edge applied to the
face of the panel.
12. All door edges shall be filled with mineral filler to conceal seams.
! 13. CONTRACTOR shall install the doors plumb, square and in true alignment. Adjust
doors to required clearances and tolerances as per NFPA 80.
oz
c. Door Frames
REVISIONS
1. Metal frames shall be fabricated from 2mm thick galvanized steel sheet. Bends shall
be brake formed to assure true, sharp radii and to minimize camber, corners shall be
OAt fully welded.
CH1'DB\,;
k ~
2. Door frames shall be fabricated to have minimum 66mm width of frames, double
backbends to enable the frames to grip the wall firmly, double rabbet type and
S~SION ASSET depths (see item-3 below) shall be sized to fit the wall thickness.
P DEPARTMENT
3. For exterior and interior, the depth of frame shall be different. For exterior walls, the
/0/$/// depth of the frames shall be arrived on the basis that there is heat insulation with its
/ / supporting framework and gypsum board. For interior walls, the depth shall be
arrived on the basis that the there shall be plastering/tiles on both sides of the walls.
The width of frames shall be such that a projection of 15mm shall be provided from
.+.. . TlNG DEPARTMENT the face of the wall.
4. Frames shall have all construction joints welded full depth and width, or welded with
equivalent splice plates on the unexposed faces of frames. Exposed surfaces of
welded joints shall be dressed to produce invisible connections. Reinforcements and
stiffeners shall be welded to inside surfaces of frames.
5. Exterior door frames (header and jambs) and door bottom shall be provided with
neoprene compressible seal.
6. CONTRACTOR shall install the frames plumb, square and in true alignment. Use
installation spreader at base, strike and mid-top locations to insure constant and
proper jamb opening for door.
T IS DRAWING IS NOT 7. Frames set at grade shall be provided with an angular base anchor or steel plate at
T HE USED FOR
C NSTRUCTION OR each jamb, 38mm x 38mm depth less 3mm. Jamb legs to be furnished with two (2)
F( R ORm:RING
M Tt:RIAL.S UNTIL holes for power driven attachment to floor.
C ~T1FIEDAND DATED
D. Door Hardware
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
I
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11----+-----+----+--1
! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 49
I
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. Hardware provision for hollow metal doors and frames shall be prepared at the
manufacturer's plant in accordance with template furnished and shall be drilled and
tapped to receive hardware as indicated on the hardware templates. Preparation
shall conform to ANSI A 115.1.
z; Hardware Specifications
o
t Hinges Provide doors with 5mm thick steel reinforcement welded to
~
frames. Hinges shall be heavy duty/high frequency full mortised
Q stainless steel ball bearing, concealed type. Hinges shall have five
(5) knuckle ball bearings, non-removable stainless steel pins when
.
~I
' A"D 'Y' conforming to ASTM 8221. Thresholds shall be maximum of
DA: ----I 13mm thick and 100mm wide by the required length.
CH 'D BY: ----I
b. Interior Doors: Extruded aluminum alloy, 13mm x 100mm by
~
the required lenqth
APPROV[O
Doorstops a. Provide doors with 4.5mm thick steel reinforcement for
MISSION ASSET
P I G DEPARTMENT doorstops welded to door. Doorstops shall be floor mounted,
75mm high with circular base 60mm in diameter.
BY:
\ ~"] /
b. Hinges shall be UL listed and ANSI certified, ANSI A156.4
OA'<, fCf?llj Grade 1 Standard.
I I
c. The door closer shall be able to close the door in the shortest
interval of time with uniform speed and without damage to the
person usinq the door.
rr IS ORAWING IS NOT Door Holders a. Provide doors with 4.5mm thick steel reinforcement for door
BE USED FOR
1'(
c< NSTRUCTION OR holder welded to door. Door holders shall be made of cast
F~ R ORDERING brass, heavy duty, shall have 150mm long arm and base shall
M TERlALS UNTIL
C RTiFIED AND DATED be 40mm x 60mm, finish shall be satin chromium plate.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1------11---+-----+---+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXV1l1b 50
C494 A PTS11CMD1D OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
; 1'4..>fS1l ~J,....JI J..sjJJl
!j SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c
s,
~
I
c
I<
Weather Weather stripping of all doors shall be made to reduce air pressure
5 Stripping loss and also to provide protection against wind blown dust
infiltration into the building.
I
Coordinators inactive door of a pair of doors from closing and latching
PU+REDBY: before the active door closes and latches. It shall be heavy
I
duty. Material shall be aluminum, stainless steel, brass or
t
DAT
CHK BY:
bronze with finish stain chromium plated.
~~
b. Shall be UL listed and ANSI certified
Trim for a. For all exterior doors, the trims shall be "Key Lock
T NSMISSION ASSET
ING DEPARTMENT
exterior and Thumpiece".
interior doors
I r- "'<s> b. For all interior doors, the trims shall be "Key Retract Latch
/'0/,1;/// Bolt".
//
These trims shall be able to receive the COMPANY master key
I
cvlinder and shall be compatible with the fire exit devices.
OP RATINC DEPARTMENT
Fire Exit a. Single Doors: Exit devices shall be push pad type, double
Devices cylinder. The device shall consist of lock stile cover, touch bar
end cap, touch bar, mechanism housing and mechanism end
cap.
b. Devices shall be UL listed and fire rated for the doors, it shall
CERTIFIED
have special trim to accept ABUS (Euro) cylinder for master
~r,
key system. Lock shall be such that key retract and latch bolt.
8\1: c. Double Doors: Exit devices shall be push pad type, double
DA :
fA f III cylinder. The device shall consist of lock stile cover, touch bar
end cap, touch bar, mechanism housing and mechanism end
cap.
d, Fire exit devices for inactive doors shall be concealed with
rins DRAWING IS NOT vertical rod and shall be compatible with the active door exit
TU BE USED FOR
C(] NSTRUCTION OR device.
FC ORDERING
M TERL4.LS IJNTIL
C ~TlFIED AND DATED
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 51
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~ ~4.Jf5ll ~J~I ~y1l1
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
~
~
Q
~
Locksets Locksets shall be provided to doors, which do not posses fire exit
= devices.
"
a. For interior doors - not master keyed
lock.
~MISSION ASSET
e. Variant shall be angled with striking plate.
PL ~G DEPARTMENT
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 52
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
,
Icc '
e. Wall Anchors: Same material and thickness as the frames
Roof and exterior walls of the buildinq thermal insulation shall be installed as per the
requirements of Standard TES-P-119.19.
i B. The insulation blanket shall be laminated with foil reinforced Kraft paper, vinyl Kraft or
other specific vapor barrier to prevent condensation (both sides).
3
C. Nominal thickness shall be 64mm With density of 12 kg/m
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 53
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~ ~4.JtS.ll ~J.."....J\ tsyJJl
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
.
c
~
~
c
~
:
v D. Fire flame spread rating shall be 25.
E. Base fiberglass shall be non-combustible and shall conform to UL 723, ASTM E84 or
ASTM E136.
z
9
t
F. It shall be UL listed, i.e., shall conform to UL 273, and fire tests of building construction
ii
u
material.
i:l
Q
G. Installation:
1. Between the metal studs, the insulation can be friction-fit in place. In areas where it
will be applied in heights over 2.5m, supplementary support should be provided to
ez ~ N
- hold insulation in place.
REVISIONS
I 2. When applied to masonry walls, the insulation can be fixed by impaling on pins or
PR[~ARED BY:
other similar attachments and then affixing a locking washer to hold the insulation in
DA~' place.
CHiD BY,
I
I APPROVED
3.10 DRY WALL SYSTEM AND GYPSUM BOARDS
=MISSION ASSET
P G DEPARTMENT
A. Dry wall System
+:~.::::.-.;><:;.
/0/$/1/ The heat insulation and gypsum board shall be fixed to interior face of exterior walls by
/" /" steel stud system. The steel stud system shall consist of steel framing, made of floor and
ceiling metal runners and studs, formed from hot-dip galvanized steel sheeting, with the
. I
following specifications:
Of' RATING DEPARTMENT
Steel Quality ASTM A525 and ASTM A527, Lock forming quality
Hot-dip galvanized, with coating Class G-90 (275 g/m 2)
I The studs and runners shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C645.
TI IS DRAWING IS NOT
Installation: Installation of studs and runners commences with ceiling and floor runners
'ro BE lISt:D FOR being aligned and secured in position with suitable fastenings. Steel studs are secured
C( NSTRUCTION OR
Hi'< ORDERING vertically in position at appropriate centers, by inserting into the runner and twisting
M TERlALS UNTIL
c jRTIFIED AND DATED through 90, 610mm center for 16mm thick board.
Location of studs shall not be more than 50mm from door jambs, abutting partitions, and
other construction. Studs located adjacent to doors, partition corners and other
[ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 54
I
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
construction and corners shall be secured to the vertical flanges of the runner by positive
fixings, either screws or pop rivets.
A cut to length section of runner with base at each end shall be placed horizontally over
doorframe and secured by screws to the adjacent vertical studs. A cut to length stud shall
z be positioned at the location of vertical joints over the doorframe header, extending to the
o
t ceiling runner and similar treatment to other openings.
~
Q A knurled surface on the stud provides non-skid entry for pan head and dry wall screws,
using an electric screwdriver. Knockouts shall be provided in the studs for concealed
services.
B. Gypsum Wallboards
0:;
z
REVISIONS 1. Gypsum boards shall conform to ASTM C36, Type X (special fire retardant), shall
provide at least one (1) hour fire retarding rating.
PRE A.REDB'V; ---t
DA~' 2. Mihimum thickness shall be 16mm. Edges shall be tapered.
CH1DBY:
3. Gypsum boards shall consist of incombustible gypsum plaster core with fiberglass
I
incorporated, surfaced with special cardboard bonded to core.
APPROVED
1 ~SMISSION A55ET The back surface of the foil-backed gypsum wallboard shall, in addition, be covered
PL ~G DEPARTMErrr
4.
with aluminum foil.
5. It shall be UL listed, i.e., shall conform to UL 263, and fire tests of building
/
construction material.
8. The joints between the adjacent gypsum boards may be reinforced and concealed
with tape joint system, leaving the wall surface virtually free of joints.
14. All accessories such as screws, joint tape, joint compound, corner tape, shall be
used for proper installation of gypsum board.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+---+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 55
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~
~
u SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~4.JfSll ~J..,....JI ~~\
.=.
~
<
=
'=u" 3.11 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
A. General
z
0
1. Waterproofing membrane shall be a purpose design and have proven application in
t the Kingdom considering thermal expansion and contraction.
iii
'"'
i:I
2. CONTRACTOR shall submit samples and brochures of the product for COMPANY
"
review and acceptance.
PRE~A1'ED BY,
4. CONTRACTOR shall submit the installation procedure for COMPANY review and
approval.
DA*
5. The waterproofing material and the installation of the membrane shall be
CH1'DBY'
guaranteed for a minimum period of ten (10) years.
i APPROVED
I
~SMlSSION ASSET B. Modified Bituminous Waterproofing Membrane
P INC DEPARTMENT
-_.
"'" /'~ 1. This type of membrane shall be used especially for underground structures such as
/o/er~/ cable basements/cable entry rooms, electrical manholes, communication
//
handholes, and septic tanks as well as for roofs.
I
2. Membrane shall be bitumen modified with Attactic Polypropylene (APP). The
01RATING DEPARTMENT membrane shall be reinforced with isotropic spun bounded, non-woven polyester
mat 4mm thick. Membrane shall have the following specifications:
'w
C'::i Ultimate Tensile Strength, N/5cm @ 25C ASTM D5147
Longitudinal 950
BY: " I. Transverse 800
I U 16(11
DA
I Ultimate elongation, % @ 25C
Longitudinal 45
Transverse 50
Tear Resistance, N ASTM D5147
Longitudinal 600
l-,~"m
TO
C
1'0
BE USED
STRUC'TION
M TERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
FOR
OR
Transverse
Softeninq Point, C
Low temperature flexibility, DC
400
155
-6 to -10
ASTM
ASTM
036
05147
cr. TinED AND DATED
Water Absorption, % Wt @ 23C 24 hours Less than 1 ASTM 05147
Resistance to aging & UV No change greater ASTM G53
Weather-O-meter 2000 hours than 20% of the
original values
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 56
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
ti l't,o~ ~J~l 4.s~\
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
e
~
Q
~
Puncture Resistance, N 1155 ASTM E154
=
v Water Vapor Transmission, g/m2/24 hours, Less than 0.5 ASTM E96
RH 90% at 38C
Resistance to Leakage at Joints Pass UAEtc
Penetration, @ 25C, dmm 20 ASTM D5
z Dimensional Stability % ASTM D5147
~
0:
Longitudinal + 0.5
u Transverse - 0.5
'"
'"
Q
Load Strain product @ 25C
Longitudinal 42,750
Transverse 40,000
Lap joint strength, N/5cm (Longitudinal and Same as
0
z ~ N
- Transverse) membrane
REVISIONS
Installation Procedure: A layer of bituminous primer is cold applied on the cleaned
PRE ARED BY: screed using a plaster roller with organic, solvent resistant wool.
-1
CHKDBY,
i APPROVED
The rolls of membranes are laid one by one on the dried primer and properly
aligned to cover the entire surface. Each membrane is re-rolled and unrolled
systematically for torching by means of a propane gas torch.
Overlapping seams of adjacent rolls of membranes shall be torched and pressed
MISSION ASSET
G DEPARTMENT tightly.
~ .... ~
y~
Control joints shall be provided at locations determined based on the geometry
/(.7/,13//,/
/ / configuration and drainage characteristics of the roof.
The waterproofing membrane shall pass over the parapet and be fixed under the
I
aluminum flashing.
OpiRATING DEPAR.TMENT
I
Between the levels, the protection of waterproofing vertical edges is provided by a
I
metal section (aluminum flashing) used as water drip. The metal section is nailed to
the vertical wall and its upper part is sealed using suitable elastic sealer. The
waterproofing membrane shall be raised on the walls to the same level of the
surroundinq parapet.
CER!lli1t!!
/ ' rf c. Bituminous Roofing Primer
BY:
~ ./
DA [:
f(1 .iI (f Roofing primer shall be formulated from highly pliable, flexible bitumen, select petroleum
solvents and compounded with wetting and saturation additives. It shall comply with
ASTM D41 with the following specifications:
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 57
C494 A PTS.11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. Optimum penetration of primer into the surface pores, pinholes and cracks
2. The primer shall allow for better saturation, dust absorption and adhesion. Primer
shall prepare the surface for a permanent and durable bond between the substrate
and the membrane.
Thickness 1.5mm
I APPRO"'ED
(Bars) 7
,~
Root Proof Yes
Chemical Resistance including Acids, Alkaline, Salts, Yes
BY;~)111 Alcohol, Amines, Oils and Hydrocarbons with high
DAT I () / iiI/I Concentration
I I
Resistance to aging More than 5000
hours
Fire Resistance Yes
TH~
TO
DRAWING IS NOT
BE USED FOR
E. Water flood tests
CO STRVCTION OR
1"0 ORDERING
M ERIALS UNTIL CONTRACTOR shall carry out water flood tests for at least seventy-two (72) hours by
CE TlFIED AND DATED
impounding water over the roofs to check the adequacy of waterproofing membrane over
the roofs. For basements/cable entry rooms, manholes, handholes, trenches, oil catch
basins, all de-watering operations shall be stopped completely after the installation of
waterproofing membrane. If any leakage is found inside the basemenUcable entry
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL I------ll---+------f----+----I
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 58
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
i HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
~
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY S'\.,I.JfSl.l ~~.,....J\ ~~\
0
~
~
0 room/cable tunnel or under the roof slab, the CONTRACTOR shall take all the remedial
'"
~
~ measures acceptable to the COMPANY.
PRE ARED BV: Backfill materials shall satisfy the requirements of TCS-Q-113.02. Soil thermal resistivity
DA1 :
tests in addition to other tests shall be carried out on the backfill materials. The backfill
cu DBYl
materials shall have a maximum thermal resistivity of 1.2KcmlW.
-
P ANNING DEPARTMENT
A. Painting system shall conform to TES-H-107.01. Paint color code shall be as per TES-H-
"'" ~.cc..r
107.02. The paint system shall have the following properties:
/0/.9"///
/ / Water resistant
1.
2. Micro porous, allows surface to breath
I
3. Anti Carbonation
O~RATING DEPARTMENT 4. Flexible
5. Chemical resistant
6. Low maintenance costs
7. Built-in sheen, keeping surface constantly fresh
8. Color retention & non-yellowing
~l'o/I
r
[ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATlONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 59
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~
~
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ,4->fS.\l ~J~I 4.s~\
c
~
~
c Second Coat (Filler) Epoxy Filler
'="
~ Top Coat (Two coats) High Solid Polyamide cured Epoxy Semi-Gloss
Enamel
Oi
bonderized) acid and rust-preventing pigments
u First Coat (where not shop Two components epoxy/polyamide primer
'"
'"
Q bonderized) containing zinc phosphate as corrosion inhibiting
pigment
Second Coat Acrylic Epoxy
Top Coat Urethane Epoxy Enamel
z0 ~ N
- Gypsum boards Generic
REVISIONS
First Coat Acrylic Primer/Sealer
I
'HErARED B\'l Second coat Latex Vinyl Versatate Copolymer Resin
Top Coat Latex Vinyl Versatate Copolymer Resin
D'~
CJI1'D BY: Surface Preparation:
I
!~ Concrete shall be free from dirt, loose or excess mortar, efflorescence or any film left from
P
~SMISSION ASSET
I!"lG DEPARTMENT
incompatible form oils or concrete curing compound. If form oils or incompatible curing
compound are used, the surface shall receive sweep sandblast. Patch cracks and other
,e--" .-
1-.- ';>< ~ blemishes prior to painting.
/iJ'/tff/;//
,-
Masonry shall be free from dirt, loose or excess mortar, efflorescence and thoroughly dry.
Patch cracks and other blemishes too large to be covered with block filler.
i
I
Plaster must be hard and dry. Test plaster surfaces with a moisture meter and do not
0iRATING DEPARTMENt'
proceed with painting until the moisture content satisfies the recommendation of the
J respective paint manufacturer. Remove grit, mildew, loose particles and repair surface
irregularities before paint is applied. Repair cracks and holes with patching plaster,
properly keyed to the existing plaster and sandpaper smooth.
.~'UI
Galvanized Surfaces: Remove water-soluble dirt and chemicals with water and detergent;
solvent soluble contaminants with solvent. Rinse, allow to dry, then power or hand abrade
BY,
\f);. to remove oxides.
DK :
[D /6./ ~I
I Gypsum board: Repair minor cracks and holes with finishing compounds and smooth
after drying.
In order to check that the manufacturer color shades match with that of the COMPANY
color shades, CONTRACTOR shall prepare the sample of color shades with texture at the
~
S DR<\.WING IS NOT
BE USED FOR site for inspection and approval.
C( NSTRUCTION OR
'-0" ORDERING
M TERlAtS UNTIL
c p,TlFlED AND DATED
3.16 PVC WATERSTOPS
Preformed, flexible and extruded from high-grade polyvinyl chloride compounds for
sealing expansion, construction and contraction joints in concrete structures
[ROT]
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOGUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 60
I C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
l;i
t: SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 1'4Jf11l ~JJLwIlI ~~\
p
~
Q
;.,
Ii Properties Nominal Values Standards
Water absorption 0.15 ASTM 0570
Tear Resistance 60 N/mm ASTM 0624
Ultimate Elonqation 390% ASTM 0638
z Tensile strenqth 15 MPa ASTM 0638
0
.
;: Low temperature Passed at -35F /-37C ASTM 0746
"...
u
'"
brittleness
Stiffness in flexure 8.5 MPa ASTM 0747
Specific qravity 1.37 ASTM 0792
Ozone resistance No failure ASTM 01149
Volatile loss 0.30% ASTM D1203
763 ASTM 02240
0
z ~ H
- Hardness Shore A15
Accelerated extraction CRO C572
REVISIONS
Tensile strength 150 kg/cm 2
PREf'ARED BY:
Elongation 370%
Effect of alkali
DATE:
Weight change +0.05%
CHK'DB\,:
Hardness chance ..
-1 point
~ Site Jointing: The PVC waterstops shall be but-jointed by the process of heat fusion or
'fKANSMlS:ilON ASSET
Pl..o\NNINGDEPARTMENT
welding. A special portable wooden jig shall be used for welding and is used in
~.-.
conjunction with an electric welding blade. The end of the waterstop having been cut
~~ square, the jig is used to line up the two ends of the waterstop in precise opposition. The
/ <C::7/9 /// heated blade is then inserted between the two ends and material is melted on contact.
/
The blade is then removed and the two ends of the waterstop pushed together in the jig
where they achieve fusion.
OnRATlNC DEPARTMENT Application: Use external waterstop systems for waterproofing basements/cable entry
rooms/cable tunnels and substructures. Flat dumbbell for construction/contraction joints.
Center Bulb for expansion/movement joints
BY,
DATE'
11
L-fJJ:
OrtI
.t
IU
Grout shall be cement based fully complying with the requirements of ASTM C1107.
Grout shall be non-shrink, non-metallic & chloride free, high performance, free flowing,
non-catalyzed, shrinkage compensated and hydrogen free system. The non-shrink grout
shall have following specifications:
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 61
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~
c SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY "'4Jt5ll ~J.,......J\ ~~I
.=.
~
=
~
Mixing water shall be free for oils, acids, organic matter or strict accordance with
:
u other deleterious substances and shall not contain more the manufacturer's
than 500 parts per million (ppm) of total dissolved solids. instructions.
Minimum time of initial setting shall not be less than 3 hours
Minimum time of final setting shall not exceed 8 hours
"-
g Fluidity of grouts shall be high fluidity, 10-30 seconds flow
~ when tested in accordance with ASTM C939.
'"
u
...
"'
Q
I
Modulus at Break 3 MPa
~~
Ultimate Elonqation 400%
Tear Resistance 25 kN/m
T SMISSION Assn
P ING DEPARTMENT Tensile Set Recovery 95%
Adhesion to Mortar 3000 N/m
,,-"'$
Hardness Shore A 45
v",,/g.//"/
,1'/ Permeability to water vapor 0.4 metric perms
Recoatabilitv Excellent
Thickness Minimum number of first and subsequent coats
I
shall be two (2) or dry film thickness shall not be
Or'IlATING DEPARTMENT
less than 600 microns, whichever produces higher
I thickness.
~ Chemically resistant to alkalis, acids, chlorides and sulfates and can withstand
service temperature up to 90 DC.
~
Top Coat (Aliphatic Formulation)
r/ /I
BV:
~ ""7 i Properties Typical Values
DA' E, ID 'if II Color White
Ultimate Elonoation 30%
Tear Resistance 7.5 kN/m
Tensile Strength 22 MPa
I
Hardness Shore A 85+5
T IS DRAWING IS NOT Total solids ov weiqht & volume 60%
TC BE USED FOR
Thickness Minimum number of coats shall be four (4) or
I~ R
N$TRUCfION OR
ORDERING
M UNTIL
TERIAL.S the dry total film thickness shall not be less than
C RTiFIEDAND DATED
400 microns, whichever produces higher
thickness.
[ROT]
I PLANT NO.
STRUCTURALJCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 62
i
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
- ---------------
A two-component, high-build, high-solids (at least 90%) coal tar and epoxy resin with the
following properties:
CHK'~BY:
A polymer modified cementitious coating material, when cured; it shall form an
elastomeric impermeable membrane with the following properties:
~
Properties Tvpical Values Standards
_T ~~MIS5IONASSET
r .... ~.,.INGDEPARTMENT Resistance to Water Surface Positive 7 bar (70m head of DIN 1048
water)
Crack Accommodation Excellent
Static and Dynamic
CO2 & Chloride Ion Diffusion Excellent
Resistance
Bond to Damp Concrete Excellent
ltANSMlSSION ASSET
Pl ~G DEPARTMENT Epoxy resin based, low viscosity, non-shrinking bonding material, conforming to ASTM
...,... - C881-90, Type IV, Class C and satisfying the following requirements:
~'<=:7?
/0/8///
/ / Properties Typical Values
Compressive Strenqth at 7 days aoe 95MPa
i Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion at 7 days age 5.5 x 10-orC
OP~RATING DEPARTMENT
Adhesive strength on dry concrete at 7 days age 3 MPa
Flexural Strength at 7 days age 40 MPa
i
, Tensile strength at 7 days aoe 30 MPa
~
Modulus of elasticity at 7 days 3400
Elongation at break at 7 days 4%
Heat deflection temperature (HOT) as determined by 65C or above
IG,../~~i'
ASTM 0648
Coefficient of viscosity at 23C 10 mPas
BY, "ir:L1
k'S1 a
/'t)
Pot life 2 hours at 20C
DA , 24 minutes at 40C
Chemically resistant to alkalis, acids, chlorides, sulfate. Compatible with dry and
damp concrete.
l"U~".'OO
T BE USED
C NSTRU(TION
ORDERING
FOR
OR
3.24 EPOXY ZINCRICH PAINT/PRIMER
M n:RIALS UNTIL. A two-component (base & curing agent), metallic zinc-rich epoxy primer. High
C TIFIEDANDDATED
performance to give maximum protection to aggressive environments. The material shall
comply with the composition and performance requirements of SSPC Paint 20.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
i SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
,! JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 64
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
!
~ "~Jf11l ~.l.;a-l\ 4,s~\
~
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
a,
~
Q
~
Properties Tvplcal Values Remarks
=
c Color Grey
Gloss level Hiqh Application, cleaning,
Thickness 50 - 75 microns DFT storage, handling,
85-127 microns WFT etc., must be in strict
z Mix Ratio 4 parts base: 1 part curinq aqent accordance with the
51
t Volume Solids 59% manufacturer's
;;
u Density 2600 kg/m 3 instructions.
~
Q
Drying time 75 minutes at 25C (Touch dry)
4 hours at 25C (Hard dry)
Application method Airless Spray
0
z ~ N
-
REVISIONS 3.25 CONDUITS AND FITIINGS
/0/;:;///
I'
/-
.'
2.
3.
concrete when installed in underground trenches.
Plastic conduits and fittings shall meet the requirement of 23-TMSS-01 and
following as specified below:
PVC plastic conduits compound shall meet the minimum cell classification of PVC
12154 as per ASTM D4396.
I
OP RATING DEPARTMENT
4. PVC plastic duct fittings shall meet the minimum cell classification of PVC 11232 as
per ASTM D4396.
5. PVC solvent cements shall be as per ASTM D2564 and applied as per ASTM F402
for safe handling of solvent cements.
6. PVC duct bell ends, where permitted/required, shall be as per the dimensions listed
.,:::fi/
r~fl'~ in Table 2-2 of NEMA TC8.
BY:
DAT:
10 ,IX/II 7. PVC ducts and fittings shall be homogeneous throughout and free from visible
cracks, holes, burrs, foreign inclusions, or other defects that could damage cables.
Rigid conduits shall be hot-dip galvanized with PVC coating, fittings shall be threaded and
TH S DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR hot-dip galvanized.
co STRUCTION OR
FO ORDERING
>lA ERlAL$ UNTil
CE TIFIED AND DATED
3.26 SUB DUCTS
A. Sub ducts on straight runs installed in the underground ductbanks shall have 32mm
outside diameter, their inner walls shall be smooth and their pulling length shall not
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OBORDERNO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 65
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
Ii I'~JioS.U ~,)~ ~~I
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
p
~
~
-e
0
~
exceed 450 meters. They shall comply with specification DIN 8074, DIN 8075 AND
=
c MOPTT specification MAT2301 (Issue #1).
B. Sub ducts on handholes and inside the buildings shall be corrugated, flexible and fire
resistance shall be 2 hours with 32mm outside diameter. Sub duct installation shall be in
z accordance with SCS-T-557.08.
s
t
..'"
u
Q
3.27 GEOTEXTILES
Geotextiles' basic uses are for drainage, reinforcement, filtration, separation, protection
and sealing. Geotextiles are used in various construction application such as dewatering,
erosion control, road stabilization, roads, roof waterproofing, etc. The fabric shall be non-
0
z ~ ~
- woven, made from polyester or propylene fibers, and shall have the following
specifications:
REVISIONS
PKI AREDBY:
Properties Values Standards
Thickness Not less than 2mm under 2
11::
DA
kN/m 2
CK 'DRV:
Unit.weiqht 200orams/m 2
Punchinq Strenqth Not less than 100 kq/cm 2
~APPROVED Highly resistant to UV radiation, weather action, temperature variation and
P
SMISSION ASSET
C DI1PARTMENT
acids/alkalis
I
~~
/0/8/// 3.28 PREFORMED JOINT FILLER/BACK-UP MATERIALS
/
Joint filler materials shall be extruded closed cell polyethylene foam rod or polyurethane
foam rod. Joint filler shall be of suitable sizes and shapes so that when compressed (25
O.lRATING DEPARTMENT to 50%) it shall fit in the joints as required. Sealant shall not be applied without filler
material and bond breaker strip. Preformed Joint Fillers shall comply with the
I
requirements of ASTM 01752. It shall have the following specifications:
~~I
Water absorption and hiqh water vapor transmission Extremely low
Temperature ranee Wide
BY, ~~r Resistant to insect attack or pest damage and shall be High
DA o (0 I Mil unaffected by funql, moss, lichen, molds or bacteria
Resistance to chemicals, acids, alkalis and oils Hlqh
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 66
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
I
I
Iiw 1'L,a...,.sll ~J.".....JI4.s~1
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
=
~
~
=
~
Densitv 325 kq/m'
=
v Thickness 15mm for waterproofing
membrane protection
as required for concrete
ioints
z Load required compressing the ASTM 0545
...'" test piece to 50% of nominal 5.2 MPa
;v thickness
...'" during 50% <3% ASTM 01751
Q Weight Loss
Compression
Recovery within 10 minutes >80% ASTM 0545
Water Absorption after 24 hours <10% ASTM 0545
0
z ~ N
- Extrusion at 50% Compression
Bendinq Strenqth
<1mm
3.0 MPa
ASTM 0545
REVISIONS
Densitv Air Dry Filler >394 kg/m' ASTM 0545
PREPARJ:D RYl Solid Content 100%
Weather Resistance -40C to 130C under
DATIE:
OIK'DB'r';
normal usaqe
Must not deform or break under normal handling
It shall be immune to dry and wet rot, fungus and most forms of insect attack or
APPROVED
similar forms of deterioration.
TIlANSMISSION ASSET
PUNNING DEPARTMENT
'"-. --YCz?"
/n/.t:;/";I
3.30 POLYETHYLENE SHEETS
I' .'
Polyethylene sheets shall conform to ASTM E154. They shall have the following
specifications:
~,
Coefficient of Friction 0.5 Minimum
Shear Modulus 1600 kg/cm'
BY, ./
I (I /Klf( Density. Heavy-duty low- 0.22 grams/cm' ASTM 01505
DAn:
density polyethylene
Temperature Resistance -30C to 90C Retain its flexibility over
80C temperature
1% Sealant Modulus 18.5 to 23 kN/m< ASTM 0638
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
Vicat Softening 99C ASTM 01525
TO BE USED FOR Tensile Strength at Break 1800 to 2200 N/cm< ASTM 0638
CONSTRUCTION OR
,"'Ok
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
Elmendorf Tear Strength 3.3/6.0grams/micrometer ASTM 01922
CERTIFIED AND DATED Dart Drop Impact 600/400 urams ASTM 01709
a. Punctures and tears in vapor barriers shall be patched. Edges shall be lapped not
less than 100mm and end joints shall be lapped not less than 150mm. Edges and
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 67
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
laps shall be sealed with a pressure sensitive tape not less than 40mm, compatible
with membrane.
b. The polyethylene sheet shall be UV stabilized to prolong its life, retain its physical
properties and remain chemically resistant to aggressive soil conditions attack by
soil organism (bacteria, etc.), plant life and other soil fauna (molds, algae, etc.),
resistance to corrosive effects of ground water sulfates and chloride.
Aluminum sheet shall conform to ASTM 8209, temper H14, alloy 1050 and shall be used
to fabricate aluminum flashing to the required/approved profile.
Q
z
REVISIONS
:::t~BV'
A. The material shall be four-component system, consists of binder (epoxy resin), hardener
(magnesium silicoflouride), aggregate and pigment. These components shall be pre-
I~
weighed for site mixing strictly as per the recommemdations of the manufacturer. After
application, it shall produce the following features:
TftANsMlSSION ASSET
P~ING DEPARTMENT
1. It shall chemically react with free lime and calcium salts in hardened concrete to
~
make it more dense and durable surface.
2. It shall penetrate concrete surface and make it hard, free from dusting and high
resistant to corrosion and abrasion.
6. Nominal thickness shall be 3mm. Smooth and glossy finish and light reflective
surface
7. Floor hardener shall achieve compressive strength of 55 MPa and flexural strength
of 34 MPa at 7 days when tested to 8S 6319.
1. General
THI
TO
DRAWING IS NOT
BE L'SED FOR
CO STRUCTION OR It is essential that the surface preparation of the concrete is done correctly;
FO ORDERING
MA [RIALS UNTIL
otherwise optimum performance will not be obtained.
CE TIFIED AND DATED
New concrete: It is important that the concrete has been laid for a minimum of 28
days before applying the coating. The moisture content of the concrete should be
below 4% by weight. The release of surface water is dependent on the thickness of
I [ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1t---+-----+---+---1
OB QRDER NO. APPENDIX-Vilib 68
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
the concrete, the season, the temperate and relative humidity of the environment
and the prevailing ventilation conditions. Due to the above, the moisture content of
the concrete should always be checked/measured prior to the coating application.
The moisture content at the concrete surface can be measured using an instrument
z called a Protimeter or shall be measured in accordance with BS 8203 Appendix A or
o
t by a Vaisala thermodygrometer type MHI 31.
iii
"i:l The main problem with concrete floors is the weak top surface layer known as
" laitance. This water-rich top layer forms during the drying out period and is
mechanically weak. In addition to this, the laitance has a chemical composition
different from the rest of the concrete. These properties obviously provide a poor
surface to apply coatings to. It should therefore be a precondition that all laitance be
,;
z removed prior to coating applications.
REVISIONS
2. Surface Preparation
PREfARED BY, _ _;
PATI:,
In order to ensure good adhesion and the long-term protection of any floor coating,
CHK'D BY:
it is essential that the correct type of surface preparation is carried out. The
following are the recognized method of preparation:
~ a. Removal of chemicals from floor surfaces: The removal of chemicals, oil and
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PLANNING DEPARTMENT grease must be completed before any other preparation of work commences,
such as acid etching, blasting, etc. Concrete that has become contaminated
c~.:.::;o""57~ by chemicals must be neutralized before coating. If the surface is acidic, it
/0/9/// must be neutralized with an alkaline cleaner and rinsed thoroughly with
clean/fresh water. If the contamination is alkaline, it can be cleaned with
detergent and steam. Oil and grease can be removed using a combination of
solvents, steam and/or detergents, depending on the severity of the
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
contamination.
b. Abrasive blast cleaning: Abrasive blast cleaning should always be the first
choice for heavy duty flooring systems, if conditions allow. The blast is
normally carried out using an enclosed system such as a Vacu-Blast or Auto-
Blast type machine. These systems are virtually dust free and work on the
CERT~
principle of propelling small particles of abrasive, Le., steel shoUgrit, against
BY'
~J
"1:/-.. 'r
the floor surface while at the same time vacuum recovering the dust and the
abrasive to a recovery hopper. In addition to cleaning the floor and removing
DA~[' /0 "{tI/ any laitance, blasting will leave the surface of the floor with a profile, which will
enable the coating to gain a physical as well as chemical bond to the
substrate. Blast cleaning is the recommended system for large areas.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----1---+-----+----+--1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIXVlllb 69
C494 A PTS11CM01 0 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
z
o
e. Wire brushing: Can be used to remove loose material from the surface and
t.. open up holes and voids in poured concrete. This can be either power or hand
u wire brushing; with the power wire brushing giving increased productivity.
l:l
" f. Impact tools: Poured concrete surfaces can be roughened using impact tools
such as Needle Guns, etc. This method is slow however, and should only be
considered for small areas. Granulating or hammering machines work quicker
g .. N _
but should only be used if flooring screeds are to be applied.
REVISIONS Impact tools are normally electrically or compressed air driven and work on
the principle of a sharpened tool vibrating against the surface. It is fairly easy
for an inexperienced operative to gouge the concrete surface and therefore
DA~' great care should be taken when using this method of preparation.
~1DB'r':
, g. Acid etching: This method of surface preparation is most suited for use on
I~ concrete floors. It is carried out to remove laitance, but will not remove old
~SMlSSION ASSET paint or oil and grease, and should only be used in areas where sufficient
rtfNNlNG DEPARTMENT
drainage exists to allow the water and acid solutions to be easily removed. To
c..::::::~~ carry out acid etching, the following procedures should be followed:
/&7/8//;
/ i. Before commencing acid etching, the concrete surface should be cleaned
for all loose concrete.
optRATINC DEPARTMENT
ii. Deposits of oil and grease should be removed using an alkaline cleaner
I or by steam cleaning.
A~;, v. The acid solution should remain on the surface for 2-4 minutes and then
BY,
DA
tu 1(( rinsed thoroughly with clean water. The rinsing can be done with a water
hose and sweeping brush.
viii. Depending on the concrete type, more than one operation may be
required to achieve a satisfactory surface profile.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANTNO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11----+------+----+--1
IJOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 70
I C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
i
ix. Thorough rinsing with clean water should be carried out after each etches
application. The surface profile should be similar to fine sandpaper.
Roof drains shall be 200mm in diameter, galvanized cast iron body with combination
flashing clamp and gravel stop. The dome shall be made of bronze, brass or aluminum
with low profile. Roof drains shall have the following features:
oz
a. Under deck clamp & secondary flashing clamp
REVISIONS b. 100mm high stainless steel perforated extension
c. Sump receiver
PRE AREDBY, _ _ -I
d. Bronze or stainless steel mesh screen over dome
I
e. Vandal proof secured top
"1" f. Vertical expansion joint
CH~'D8Y:
.-
E ~ASSET
G DEPARTMENT
=-:;;.--....~,..g7;,
V'o/8///
r . C.
i. 100mm speedy-set outlet
If required, the water tank shall be as per TES-P-119.19 and the following shall be
considered:
a. The method of fixing the tank to the roof slab shall be specified to resist high wind
forces.
~--- b. Overflow pipe shall be connected to drain pipe of the tank. Overflow pipe shall be
brought from the roof slab to the splash block near the sidewalk.
I
Joint Design: For optimum performance, joints shall be designed for not more than 50%
~
extension and 25% compression. No joint shall be less than 6mm wide. In joints up to
12mm wide, the depth shall be calculated using the following formula:
=:I!fJ1/! Depth in mm = Joint width in mm + 6mm, Sealant depth shall never exceed joint width.
BY:
DAT ,
v1f'l'
IV II
~r
(II
3
Minimum width of joint shall be four (4) times the anticipated movement.
(
All movement joints subject to trafficking shall be recessed 5mm below flush so that
during joint contraction, the sealant does not protrude above the surface.
Joint Backing: Joint filler material shall be extruded closed cell polyethylene foam rod or
l"~~
polyurethane foam rod. Joint filler shall be of suitable sizes and shapes so that when
TO BE USED FOR
CD. STRUCTION OR
compressed (25 to 50%) it shall fit in the joints as required.
FO ORDERING
MA [RiALS lJNTll
CE TIFIED AND DATED Priming: The correct priming must always be used. Sealant shall not be applied without
compressible filler board and bond breaker strip.
Preparation
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
i SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
108 ORDER NO.
C494 A
APPENDIX-Vlllb 72
0
,
PTS-11CM010 OF
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
gv SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ,.\.i.)iSll ~J.."..,.JI a.s~1
Q
~
Q
~
1. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
is Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter, which might impair adhesion
of sealant.
2. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios.
3. Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths, to allow sealant to perform properly.
z
0
E Installation
..
u
'"
'"0 1. Perform WORK in accordance with ASTM C790 and ASTM C804.
2. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3. Joints shall be free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges and sags.
4. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges.
0
z ~ N
- B. Silicone Rubber Sealant
REVISIONS
Silicone rubber sealant shall be used to seal around tubs, sinks, urinals and for sealing
PREI RI:DBY, fixtures in toilet and battery room.
DAT.
CHK DBY;
3.36 CONCRETE BONDING AGENT
APPROVED
The bonding agent shall be solvent-free epoxy resin, two components, containing
T ~MISSION ASSET
PC ~ING DEPARTMENT pigments and fine fillers. It is used for structural bonding of new concrete to existing
concrete. The bonding agent shall be able to provide a bond of far greater strength than
~'.' .~ ...,c <?:::ZJ
the tensile strength of the concrete itself.
/o/~///
/ .
The bonding agent shall have the following properties:
~
.......L,I/I
Properties Standards
. ~ Compressive strenath 60-70 MPa
BY: 'oJ rJl Shear strength 30 MPa
/6 l\.( u
DAT : Flexural strength 30-35 MPa
Bond strenoth to concrete 2.5-3 MPa
Bond strength to steel 18-20 MPa
Tensile strength 18-20 MPa
Densitv Aoorox. 1.4 ka/liter
TH ~ DR<\.WING 18 NOT
TO BE USED FOR Color Dove Grav
CO STRUCTION OR
FO ORDERING Pot life 5 to 7 hours
MA ERIAI$ I!NTIL
CE TlFlED AND DATED
Initial Hardness 48 hours
Full cure 7 days
Clean all surfaces and remove any dust, unsound material, plaster, oil, paint, grease,
corrosion deposits or algae. Roughen the surfaces, remove any laitance and expose
aggregate by light scabbling or grit blasting.
Oil and grease deposits should be removed by steam cleaning, detergent scrubbing or by
the use of a proprietary degreaser.
Application
After missing, apply directly to the prepared substrate by brush, roller or spray. On damp
surfaces, ensure that it is well brushed in. Pour new concrete within specified open time,
as long as material is still tacky.
e
z
REVISIONS 3.37 HANDRAILS
Handrails shall be as per Life Safety Code, NFPA 101. Handrails shall be constructed of
DA+ materials, which are smooth and free of mill scales, roll marks and pitting. Pipes
CH1PBY: complying with ASTM A120, Schedule 40, shall be used. Minimum diameter of pipe shall
be 50mm. Maximum spacing of posts shall be 1.8 meters. Angles, offsets, and other
~
i APPROVED changes in alignment of railings shall be made with accurately mitered joints or welded
MISSION ASSET railing fittings.
P ING DEPARTMENT
l-- . "'" -
1'- -- ~ Welding shall be done with fillets dressed to uniform radius; excess metal removed, and
/0/8/// welds ground smooth and flush. Welded joints shall be of flush type. Members shall be
/
neatly coped and continuously welded at junctions of posts and rails. Flattening of the rail
or post ends at junctions of posts and rails shall not be permitted.
I
OP~RATINC O[PARTMENT Steel handrails shall be galvanized after fabrication. Prior to galvanizing, fabrication
i section shall have internal openings so that there are no closed or blind sections of pipe.
Handrails shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386, Class A or B, with
2
minimum zinc coating thickness of 610g/m followed by approved method of surface
preparation under ASTM D2092 for painting. Handrails shall be painted with zinc yellow
epoxy enamel paint.
BY:
When assembled, posts shall be vertical and longitudinal members shall be parallel with
DAT
,
I J) 1(\111 each or other supporting members. The top rails shall run continuous over the posts, and
the posts shall be continuous through lower rail or rails.
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11---+-----+---+--1
OBORDERNO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 74
I
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
i
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
to provide sufficient space for routing cables to the associated equipment, but not be less
than 900mm.
Access flooring shall comply with all the test requirements in accordance with "Ceiling and
Interior System Construction Association", Recommended Test Procedures for Access
Floors", "CISCAiAF".
Access floor system shall consist of the Floor Panels, Floor covering, Understructure.
1 ~~MISSION ASSET
The panel shall be all steel panel system with steel minimum thickness 1mm,
PL ~ING DEPARTMENT welded steel construction and filled with a non-combustible synthetic anhydrite.
C:~,~~ Lightweight for ease in handline. Aooroximate weiaht shall not exceed 18 ka.
,/0/,8///
Floor covering shall have the following properties:
Washable surface
RY,
OAT,
c(jjj,
fA fls.ilf
Edge Condition or Trim: Integral trim eliminates any potential separation of edge
trim with the panel. Edge trim is mechanically attached to as perimeter of each
I panel. Edging will be interlocked with top sheet and captured by up turned edge of
bottom steel sheet. Edge trim shall protect the panel and covering against
mechanical damage and humidity.
"4'
CHKDBY,
!
Pedestal head to accept bolted stringer
Pedestal adiustino rod of minimum 22mm solid steel threaded stud
,
I
~ Pedestal Head
~M1SSION ASSET Die formed galvanized pedestal head and projection welded stud with adjustment
P G DEPARTMENT
nut. Head and installed strinuers shall provide full as perimeter edoe support.
. .- -- = Strinqers to be attached with 1/4" - 20 flat head screws
/0/';///
/ /
Pedestal head shall be tapped for engagement of stringer screws.
Gantry lock collar to provide anti-vibration displacement
Vibration proof levelinc nut shall be 22mm.
Pedestal head shall have gasket for fixing of panels and sound insulation and
OP,RATING DEPARTMENT
electrical conductivity.
Perimeter pedestals shall provide support for panels around columns at walls, and
provide details for complete information.
Gasket
Conductive synthetic
BY:
I~
\L ,
idf, kftl
Electrical resistance
Gasket shall serve as a hiqh frequency safety
Approximately 10'
DAT ,
Pedestal Base
z
Base to be at least 400mm and hot-dip galvanized steel.
,
Pedestal tube shall be 25mm diameter, qalvanized tubinq.
i
m~.~._ is xor
TO BE USED FOR Strinaers
CO STRUCTION
FO
OR
ORDERING
Stringers shall be used with floor height of greater than 500mm.
M [RIALS UNTIL
eE TIFIED AND DATED
Heavy-duty roll formed, steel stringer shall withstand 450 Ibs. mid span load.
,
I Hot-dip qalvanized stringer construction to prevent corrosion
!
Stringer shall have factory applied conductive gasket to provide quiet sound
!
I absorbina seal.
!
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-V1l1b 76
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
~ ~~~J.;J..,......JI ~~\
~
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
=
~
~
<
= Accessories
"=
~
Cutouts Fabricate cutouts in floor panels to accommodate cable
penetrations and source outlets, comply with requirements indicated
for size, shape, number and locations. Provide reinforcement or
additional support, if needed, to make panels with cutouts comply
z; with standard as performance requirements.
.
0
;::
;:
Ramps Manufacturer's standard ramp construction of width and slope
..
u
~
0
indicated, but not steeper than 1 in 12, with non-slip raised disc
rubber or vinyl floor covering and of same materials, as
performance and construction reauirements as the access flooring.
Steps Provide steps of size and arrangement indicated with floor covering
to match access flooring. Apply non-slip aluminum nosing to treads
0
z ~ N
- Railings
unless otherwise noted.
Manufacturer's standard stain finish extruded aluminum post and
REVISIONS
rail system at ramps and open sided as perimeter of access flooring
v
where indicated, including handrail, intermediate rails, posts,
PHt.. , brackets, end caps, wall returns, wall and floor flanges, plates and
OAT:
anchorages where required. Provide railing that complies with
CHK~BY; structural as performance reauirements for railinq.
I
Panel Lifting Manufacturer's standard portable lifting device at least two (2) single
APPROVED Device and double suction cup type.
;. ~~ISSION ASSET
LNNING DEPARTMENT
Vertical When under floor cavity is not enclosed by abutting walls, columns,
Closures beams or downward slabs, provide manufacturer's standard plates
~ ---.~
'~ (Fascia) with factory-applied finish.
/~/$/// Fit cutouts with manufacturer's standard grommets in sizes indicated or where size of
/ /
cutouts exceeds maximum grommet size available, trip edge of cutouts with
manufacturer's standard plastic moldil"\9 having tapered top flange. Furnish
I
removable covers for grommets.
O~TING DEPARTMENT Provide foam rubber pads for sealing annular space formed in cutouts by cables and
trim edge of cutout with molding having flange and edge for capturing and supporting
I
pads.
Loads
Ultimate Ultimate concentrated load shall be not less than the value
~r
Concentrated Load obtained from multiplying the factor indicated below by the
without Failure specified concentrated design load on floor panels. Failure is
BY:
IV l1li' defined as the point at which access- flooring system will not
DAT :
take any additional load.
Factor: 3.0
Design Concentrated Load: 5000 N
Ultimate Uniform Ultimate Uniform Loads without Failure: Ultimate uniform
Loads without Failure load shall be not less than the value obtained from
TH DRAWING IS NOT
TO R": USED FOR multiplying the factor indicated below by the specified
co STRUCfION OR
FO ORDERING uniform design load on floor panels. Failure is defined as
MA ERIALS UNTIL
I
CJ.o: TIIoU:D AND DATED the point at which access-flooring system will not take any
I additional load.
! Factor: 3.0
2
Design Uniform Load: 25,000 N/m
Rollina loads RollinQ loads as noted below applied to panels throuoh
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGEND REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 77
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
Ii ~\,oJfoS.ll ~JJA-l\ ~yl:J\
~
v SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
::=-c '
=
i<
CISCA/AF wheel with combination of local and overall
=
v deformation not to exceed 1mm measured across panels
610mm span and permanent set not to exceed 1mm after
exposure to rolling load as per CISCAIAF path A or B
whichever path produces the greatest top surface
z deformation.
S!
Ii:
"i,;... 10 Passes of Wheel Load for path A: 1,000 Ibs
10,000 Passes of Wheel Load for path B: 1,000 Ibs
"
Impact Load: A load shall be dropped 915mm into an inch square indenter, there
shall be no svstern failure -150 Ibs.
0z ~ M
- Other requirements
Electrical Resistance of Systems: Provide access-flooring system with the following
REVISIONS
electrical resistance characteristics: Less than 1 ohm measured across surface of
putARED BY;
bare panel to under structure by test method as specified in NFPA 99.
DAf'
CH DRY:
Installation
Install access floor system and accessories under supervision of the access flooring
manufacturer's authorized representative to ensure rigid, firm installation free of
~APP'OV'D vibration, rocklnq, rattle, squeaks and other unacceptable performance.
~ASSn
P INC DIPARTMEIVT Set pedestals in adhesives to provide full bearing of the pedestal base on the sub-
b' ~ floor.
~
Layout floor panel installation to keep the number of cut panels at the floor perimeter
/,0/8///
/ /
to a minimum. Scribe panel assemblies at perimeter to provide a close fit with no
voids qreater than 3.2mm where panels abut vertical surfaces.
Secure grid members to pedestal heads in 'accordance with access floor
I manufacturer's instructions.
OP*RATlNG DEPARTMENT
I
Thoroughly clean up dust, dirt and construction debris caused by floor installations
including vacuuming the sub-floor area as installation of floor panels proceeds.
I Extend cleaninc under installed panel as far as possible.
Cutting and trimming of other dirt or debris producing operations will not be permitted
in the rooms where the floor is beinq installed.
CERTIFIED Level installed access floor to within 1.5mm of true level over the entire area and
~~
within 2.5mm at any 3m distances.
BY,
, 10 'fl., 1(/ Submittals: Submit the following:
DAT
l~""
TO
FO
BE USED FOR
co STRunlON
M TERlALS
OR
ORDERING
UNTIL
CE TIFIEDANDDATED
finishes, fasteners, typical and special edge conditions, accessories, under structure
and other data to permit a full evaluation of the entire access flooring system.
c. Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of manufacturer charts consisting
of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures and patterns
available for each type of floor covering and exposed finish indicated.
[ROl]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
IJOB ORDER NO. APPENDlX-Vlllb 78
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
d. Samples for verification purposes in full size units of each type of floor covering and
exposed finish indicated.
Quality Assurance
z
o
a. Engage an experience installer that is approved by the access-flooring
e manufacturer for installation of the types of access flooring required for this
e
l:l
PROJECT.
Q
b. Provide access flooring complying with NFPA 75 requirements for raised flooring.
PREPARED BY: ----I e. Access floor system shall be guaranteed by a quality management system
DATI: according to ISO 9001.
CHK'D BY:
h. Handle and store packages containing access flooririg in a manner that avoids
overloading the bUilding.
OP[RATING DEPARTMENT
i. Do not proceed with installation of access flooring until after substantial completion
of other performable construction within affected spaces.
A. General
1. This section describes the specifications of fire-stops and smoke-stops for all fire-
rated walls and floor assemblies accommodating penetrating items such as cables,
conduits, pipes, ducts, cable trays, etc., but not limited to the following:
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1f---+-----+---+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-V1l1b 79
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. Submit manufacturer's product literature for each type of fire-stop and smoke-stop
material to be installed. Literature shall indicate product characteristics, typical uses,
as performance and limitation criteria, and test data.
3. Fire stopping system (material and design): Shall conform to both Flame (F) and
Temperature (T) ratings as required by agencies ASTM E814 or UL 1479 fire tests
in a configuration that is representative of field conditions.
The F rating must be minimum of one (1) hour but not less than the fire resistance
rating of the assembly being penetrated. T rating when required by code authority
shall be based on measurement of the temperature rise on penetrating item(s). The
fire test shall be conducted with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch of water column.
REVISIONS For joints, must be tested to UL 2079 with movement capabilities equal to those of
the anticipated conditions.
PRE AREDBY: ----I
.ATt, 4. Fire stopping materials and systems must be capable of closing or filling through
rn1'DBY, openings created by 1) burning or melting of combustible pipes, cable jacketing, or
! pipe insulation materials, or 2) deflection of sheet metal due to thermal expansion
APPK O
(electrical & mechanical duct work).
JF ---
" '.
MISSION ASSET
P G DEPARTMENT
5. Fire-stopping materials shall be asbestos and lead free and shall not incorporate or
require the use of hazardous solvents.
Materials Specifications
TH~ DRAWING IS NOT Intumescent The fire-stopping sealant shall be one-part, two stage intumescent
TO BE USED FOR
C<J~STRUCTION OR Fire-stop and latex compound. The sealant when exposed to high heat or flame
FO~ ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTIL Smoke-stop shall be capable of expanding a minimum of eight (8) times. Range
CE TIFfED AND DATED
Sealant and of continuing expansion shall be from 230 DF to >1000DF. The
Caulks sealant shall be thixotropic and shall be capable of caulking or
toweling on to vertical surfaces or overhead. The sealant shall be
UL Classified and/or FM Systems approved and tested to the
[ROll
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t----..,I---+-----+---+---1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 80
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
tiw S'4..JfSll ~J~I ~~\
c SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c
~
~
c
~
requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479).
a Latex Fire- The fire-stopping sealant shall be one-part, latex-based compound.
stop Sealant The sealant shall dry to form a flexible non-shrinking penetration
seal and shall be capable of allowing pipe movement and shall
contain no solvents, water-soluble fillers, or inorganic fibers. The
z sealant shall be thixotropic and shall be capable of caulking or
sE- toweling on to vertical surfaces or overhead. The sealant shall be
o.
il: UL Classified and/or FM Systems approved and tested to the
u
~
'"
Q requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479).
Elastomeric The fire-stopping sealant shall be one-part, neutral curing silicone
I
Water-Based sealant. The sealant shall be completely water-resistant and shall
Sealant contain no solvents or inorganic fibers of any kind. The through-
penetration fire-stop and smoke-stop sealant shall allow movement
Q
z ~ ~
- of +25% and shall be UL Classified and/or FM Systems Approved
REVISIONS
and tested to the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479). The fire-
stop joint sealant shall allow movement up to 50% and shall be UL
r.afAREDBY:
Classified and tested to the requirements of UL 2079.
Silicone Fire- The fire-stopping putty shall be a one-part, two-stage intumescent,
CIt
Dl 'DBV:
stop Sealant non-hardening compound. The putty, when exposed to high heat or
I
and Caulks flame shall be capable of expanding a minimum of five (5) times.
! ~ Range of continuing expansion shall be from 230F to 1OOOF. The
~SMISSIONASSET putty shall be soft and pliable with aggressive adhesion and shall
~1NG DEPARTMENT
-
p.
not contain any water-soluble intumescent ingredients. The putty
c:.--"
7' '-7' shall be UL Classified and/or FM Systems approved and tested to
,/o//?/// the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479).
-/ /
Fire-stop The fire-stopping putty shall be one-part, two stage intumescent,
Putty & Pads non-hardening compound. The putty when exposed to high heat or
I
I
flame shall be capable of expanding a minimum of 5 times. Range
0tRATING DEPARTMENT of continuing expansion shall be from 230F to > 1000F. The putty
shall be soft and pliable with aggressive adhesion and shall not
I
contain any water-soluble intumescent ingredients. The putty shall
~ I
be UL Classified and/or FM Systems approved and tested to the
requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479).
Fire-stop The fire-stop system shall be factory assembled fire-stop collar
,~ Collars utilizing a molded two stage, flexible intumescent insert. The
intumescent insert shall provide a minimum 15 times free
BV,
\If', f expansion and shall contain no water-soluble expansion
DA , ,
ft' 'Iff ingredients. The specified material shall be approved for a wide
range of applications including PVC, CPVC, ABS, ABC Foam Core,
and FRPP pipes when used by itself or in combination with other
products from the same manufacturer. The collar shall be UL
Classified and or FM approved and tested to the requirements of
T IS DRAWING IS NOT
T BE lJSi:D FOR
ASTM E814 (UL 1479).
C NSTRUCTION
Fl R
OR
ORDERING
Wrap Strips The wrap strip material shall be a highly flexible, two-stage
M TERlALS UNTIL intumescent material. The wrap strip shall provide a minimum of 15
C RTI.'IED AND DATED
times free expansion and shall contain no water-soluble expansion
ingredients. The specified material shall be approved for a wide
range of applications including combustible and non-combustible
penetrants when used by itself or in combination with other
[R01]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 81
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF 0
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
W!Ill~
applied thickness. The coating shall dry to from a flexible, water
I
and weather-resistant film and shall contain no solvents, asbestos,
, L1'I,
or inorganic fibers. The coating shall be thixotropic and shall be
BY< -\ ~/ capable of being applied by brush application or by airless spray.
DA E, ; ~ '6./11 The coating shall be FM systems approved and tested.
, I
T~1S
T BE
DRAWING IS NOT
lISF.D FOR 3.40 COMMUNICATION CABLE TRAYS
C' NSTRUCfION OR
F R ORDERING
M TERlALS UNTil, CONTRACTOR shall install dedicated cable trays (aluminum) to route optical fiber cables
C ,RTI"DANDDATED
from cable pull box up to fiber optic terminal equipment inside the communication room.
The communication cable trays shall be as per the requirements of TES-P-119.19.
[ROn
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----11----+-----+--4--1
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 82
C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
~ 1'\.,IJfSl.l ~J,JLwJ\ ~~\
w
u SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
c
~
~
c
~
3.41 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
=
u
The aluminum cable trays galvanized steel supports and necessary accessories for
routing all the power and control cables inside the substation shall be per 24-TMSS-01.
Floor tiles shall be unglazed, 150mm x 150mm x 9mm thick, color off-white.
.,; ~ N ~
z
REVISIONS Wall tiles shall be glazed, 150mm x 150mm x 7mm thick, color off-white.
"Et
RED BY' B. Wall and Floor Tiles for Battery room
"1
CHK BY:
Floor tiles shall be unglazed, 150mm x 150mm x 9mm thick, color dove gray.
I
Wall tiles shall be glazed, 150mm x 150mm x 7mm thick, color ivory.
I APPROVED
P
*SM1'S'ON ASSET
INC DEPA.RTMENT C. The tiles shall comply with SSA 1031, BS 6431 & ANSI with the following specifications:
, .---.
.;>< "7 Properties Tvpical Values
"o/t!1/;!/
, .. Walls Floors
Flatness Deviation O.50% 0.50%
I
I
Water absorption 14%-16% 3%-6%
OPE~TING
Coefficient of linear thermal Less than 9 x 10-0 / K Less than 9 x 10-0 / K
DEPARTMENT expansion
Hardness - Mohs scale Less than 3 5 - 8
Modulus of Rupture Greater than 20 MPa Greater than 30 MPa
Acid/Alkali resistance Resistant Resistant
Crazinq Resistance Resistant Resistant
Size Deviation +0.50% 0.50%
~
C1J,~
Thickness Deviation 50% 50%
Abrasion resistance Not required Class 2-5
BY:
If) E. ((
DATI ,
I Internal/external angle beads, elephant feet, internal/external corners, capping, and other
tile accessories/fittings shall be provided for complete tile installation.
D. Installation
I
~~~w~.~
TO BE
CO STRlJ(.'TIQN
USED FOR
OR
Ceramic tile installation shall be per TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.
FO ORDERING
MA ERIALS UNTIL
CE TIFIED AND DATED 3.43 DOOR/FINISH SCHEDULE AND MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
A. Door Schedule
[ROT]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO REV
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
l0B ORDER NO.
C494 A
APPENDIX-Vlllb 83
0
PTS-11CM010 OF
I
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Door schedule and details shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing TA-800023.
B. Finish Schedule
Floor, wall, ceiling and surface finishes of buildings, firewalls, cable tunnels, basements,
etc, and miscellaneous details shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing TA-800024.
ez
REVISIONS
PRE "'DBY, _ _ -I
::tB"
I
T~~MISSION ASSET
PL~ING DEPARTMENT
DP~T1NG DEPABTMENT
E
I~~
"(1 f{ f
BY:
DAT , I 0 fIi Itt
l
[RO"!]
STRUCTURAUCIVIL DESIGN CRITERIA, TECHNICAL & MATERIAL PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL t----+--+------+---+--I I
OB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-Vlllb 84
C494 A PTS11CM010 OF o
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 84
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I .
DA 1'1:: 1"'1002'"
FOR
-
DAn:, ----I
PTS-08EM313
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE Ne RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 1
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
-,-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---_. __ .-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.01
2.02
Mobilization and Demobilization
Schedule and Order of Work
6
6
6
2.03 ExplorationlDrilling and Sampling Methods 6
A. Overburden Drilling 6
REVISIONS 1) Small Diameter Auger Drilling
2) Large Diameter Auger Drilling
PREPAllEDBY; -"'Q--1 3) Rotary Drilling
E. Sample Containers 13
1) Soil Classification and SPT Samples
2) "Undisturbed" Samples
'. -',."..
BY, M:SM
3) Rock Cores
TEQlROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NC REII
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 2
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Con't.)
21
3) Records
4) Analyses and Reports
REVISIONS
B. Cross-Hole Seismic Testing 22
-, 1) Objective and Principle
2) Equipment
..........
-.
3) Procedures
4) Records
5) Analyses and Reports
TlL\NSMlSSION A8S1.T
PLANNING DEl'ARTMINT C. Electrical Resistivity 23
J(JJf 2.07 Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation 23
G. Electrical Resistivity 29
H. Thermal Resistivity 29
I. Field Vane Sl:lear Test 29
J. Pressure Meter Test 29
THIS ORAWlNG [S NOT K. Percolation 29
To BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
L. Other Consideration 29
FOR ORDERlNG
MATERIALS UNTIL
Cri:RTlnED AND DATED 2.08 Field Records 30
2.09 Laboratory Testing 31
TEO/ROT - 10125108
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 3
T238 A PTS-OBEM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
J.. . _
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY l't.......-..su ~J.."....JI4.sjJJl
'"
Eo
$
~'"
'" TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Con't.)
CHK'DB'fr 'K'=T"
~ III GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS 36
AUIl!!m 3.01 General 36
TRANSMISSION ASSET
PI...ANNlNGDEPARTMENT 3.02 Density of Soils 40
3.03 Consistency of Soils 40
<-RA!1, 3.04 Cemented Overburden Materials 41
t-" 3.05 Rock 41
3.06 Field Notes and Records 42
3.07 Final Logs 42
OPERATlNGDEPARTMEHr
~j
'~' "<"'"
- A.
B.
Executive Summary
Scope of Work
45
46
BY:
M:SM C. Project Description 46
DAn:
D. Site Condition 46
E. Field Investigation 46
F. Laboratory Tests 46
G. Subsurface Conditions 47
H. Engineering Analysis 47
I. Recommendations 47
THIS DRAWING IS NOT J. Certification 48
TO BE
CONSTRUCTION
USED
OR
FOR
K. Illustrations 48
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CER.TIFIED AND DATED
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE Ne RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 4
T238 A PTS-OBEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1.01 The CONTRACTOR (Geotechnical Consultant) shall perform all WORK in accordance
with the latest ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) Standards, except
where indicated otherwise in Section II, Technical Provisions; or, by such other
standards specifically authorized in the SERVICE ORDER. For tests where no
I 1.02
accepted or tentative ASTM Standard exists, test procedures will be subject to
approval by the COMPANY.
The CONTRACTOR shall perform all investigations, field and laboratory tests as
required in, and prepare all reports, charts and graphs as instructed in each SERViCE
ORDER issued by the COMPANY and accepted by the CONTRACTOR. The
CONTRACTOR shall not commence any WORK prior to the execution of such
SERVICE ORDER.
REVISIONS
1.03 The CONTRACTOR shall review the proposed Scope of Work for a geotechnical
-'1:1'<>----1
PIlD'ARED BY:
investigation of a given PROJECT to determine if it is adequate for the level of
DATE: II--Iwot.
professional responsibility associated with presentation of conclusions and
recommendations as outlined in Section IV - Guidelines for Geotechnical Report, of
this Specification. -
1.05 Intermittent services are generally anticipated on all material testing projects. The
OPl:IU.TJlfG DiJ".ut1'MENT COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will give at least one day notice each time the
CONTRACTOR is required to visit the site for material testing. Immediately upon the
availability of test results, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies to the .
COMPANY Transmission Asset Development Department/BUlk Asset Planning
Division.
~j
......... - ..* END OF SECTION I *..
BY, MSM
DAn, ----I
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICAnONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDiR NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 5
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A. Mobilization for geotechnical investigations and field load tests shall consist of the
delivery at the WORK SITE of all plant, equipment, materials and supplies to be
IQ
furnished by the CONTRACTOR; the complete assembly in satisfactory working
order of all such plant equipment on the job; and the satisfactory storage at the
WORK SITE of all such materials and supplies.
B. Demobilization for the above shall consist of the removal from the site of all plant,
equipment, and refuse after completion of the WORK.
A. Overburden Drilling
The scope, apparatus, report and procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
01452, "Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Boring". Samples shall be
. , ,. obtained for each material change in sufficient quantity to reveal the subsurface
BY, MSM conditions and for such laboratory testing as may be required. Augering will not
DATE:
be continued below the water table when encountered.
The Augering shall be performed in soil and/or decomposed rock with drilling
equipment capable of advancing a helical auger bit having a diameter equal to
THiS ORAWING [S NOT or greater than 760 mm (30 inches). Adaptors should be provided to permit soil
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
sampling with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers as described in SUbparagraph
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
3.B.3 of these Technical Provisions. The scope and report procedures specified
CERTIFIED AND DATI:D in ASTM 01452 shall apply.
TEQ/ROT - 10125108
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 6
T238 A PTSOBEM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
,1-""------------------------
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3) Rotary Drilling
a) Definition
Overburden rotary drilling will be any drilling made through soil overburden
or decomposed rock by drilling equipment utilizing power rotation of a
drilling bit as circulating fluid removes cuttings from the hole.
The equipment and procedures used for overburden drilling for or with SPT
and undisturbed sampling shall be in accordance with the equipment and
methods recommended in U.S. Navy Design Manual NAVFAC DM-7.1,
entitled "Soil Mechanics" dated May 1982, except as modified hereinafter.
REVISIONS
In areas where a water table is encountered in overburden or decomposed
rock materials, or where cavinq of the sidewalls occurs, borings may be
PBEPAlIEP BY: -J:E_-1
- drilled by using suitable drilling mud slurry.
lJ.l%4'"
The drilling mud shall be maintained at the top of the hole during all drilling
and sampling operations. The mud slurry may consist of bentonite-water or
AllIIl!!Il! attapulgite-water mixtures as required for stabilization of the hole. Sampling
TBAl"fSMfSSJON MOT
~DUAltTMlJlrT procedure shall be by such means as will prevent inclusions of the drilling
mud in the samples. Otherwise, the borings shall be sUitably cased to
J?IJf prevent collapse of the sidewalls and to permit sampling.
Samples retrieved from augering and cuttings retrieved from rotary drilling shall
be retained for Classification and Index properties testing. The scope of
sampling, procedures and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01452.
Recovery of samples is incidental to drilling and cost shall be included in the
applicable unit rates for drilling.
- 2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
The scope, apparatus, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM
01586, "Standard Method of Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of
Soils", except as modified herein. The intent of the Standard Penetration Test is
to determine resistance, the consistency of the materials, depth at which rock
coring shall commence, andto QbtClinsamples. SPT sampling is notconsidered
incidental to drilling and shall be paid by the unit rate for each penetration test.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR.
a) Eguipment and Supplies
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED Equipment shall include split barrel samples, power driven core drilling
machinery of a type or types approved by the ACOMPANY, and all other
accessories for taking samples of soil or decomposed rock. Unless
TEQlROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE Ne REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 7
T238 A PTSOSEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I b) Procedure
The scope, apparatus, procedure, preparation for shipment, and report shall be
J?JJ1 in accordance with ASTM 01587, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils", except
as modified herein.
a) Definition
OPERA'D'fG DEPAK'l'MEl'(f
-cr-r.,", ..
- b) Equipment and Supplies
BY, MSM Equipment shall include samplers, power-driven core drilling machinery of
bAn:
an approved type or types, and accessories for procuring undisturbed soil
samples. Drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type unless
otherwise specified. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps and
power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling where
used. Drill casing shall have an inside diameter such as to allow the taking
of proper samples of the size directed by the COMPANY.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
c) Procedure
FOR. ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED The thin wall sampler shall be forced down by a continuous push using the
hydraulic feed. Driving of the sampler by means of a drop hammer will not
be permitted. For tube samples containing medium stiff to very stiff clays,
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 8
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Particular care shall be taken to indicate the relative positions and the tops
J'REPAR.ID BY! .....:I:IQ.,...--1
and bottoms of samples. Tubes and crates for undisturbed samples shall
DATE: 11-81--108.
CHK'D BY. ;,. 9"""
be labeled "Do not Jar or Vibrate" and "Handle, haul and Ship in a
. " Horizontal Position".
e) Disposition of Samples
BY, MSM C. Sampling of Cemented Soil. Stiff Clay and Soft Rock
DATE; ------I
1) Drive Samplers
"California" type drive samplers having segmented brass liners may be used for
sampling cementedsoiLor stiff clays, provided that no significant disturbance of
the natural materials occurs during sampling, including alteration of natural soil
Tms DRAWING IS NOT structure, density andlor shear strength. The sampler will be driven in
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfJON OR
accordance with ASTM 01586 equipment and procedures; and an appropriate
FOR
MA TERlALS
OllDERING
UNTll.
correlation of blow count with "N" values obtained by SPT procedures will be
CERTlFlED AND DATED provided by the CONTRACTOR. The individual segments of the liner will be
removed from the outer split-tube after sampling, the natural materials exposed
at the ends visually classified, and the liner segment capped, sealed and
TEQIROT - 10J25JOS
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDERNO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 9
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
labeled. No attempt shall be made to eject the sample from the liner segment in
the field. Disposition of samples will be done in accordance with the procedures
specified below for Double Tube Barrel Samplers. Care, handling and delivery
of samples will be done in accordance to the requirements of Clauses 3.E, 3.F
and 2.03.G of this Technical Specification.
2) Double Tube Barrel Samplers shall be used for hard clays, cemented coarse
grained soils, chalk and soft or weathered rock, which cannot be recovered
intact by drive sampling or penetrated with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers.
a) Definition
-%EQ-C---t
PREPA.IlED BY:
b) Equipment and Supplies
c) Procedure
TEO/ROT - 10i2SiQ8
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NC RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOBOKDERNO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 10
T238 A PTS-OBEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2) Rock Drilling
Where recovery of rock cores is not required, the COMPANY may require the
REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR to drill and log the condition of the rock. Where recovery of rock
cores is required, the CONTRACTOR may elect to ream and clean the core
hole to the bottom of the last core run prior to attempting the next core run. In
either instance, the CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for the depth of rock
drilling measured from the top of rock (as defined in subparagraph 3.0.1 above)
to the bottom of boring. Repeated reaming and/or cleaning within this depth will
not be a separate pay item. Rock drilling may be done with crtricone bit, other
rock bits, or with the core barrel.
3) Core Drilling
Equipment for core drilling shall include diamond core drilling machinery of
a type or types approved by the COMPANY complete with all accessories
for taking continuous rock cores of consolidated or semi consolidated
THIS DRAwrsc IS NOT material of a diameter consistent with bit size to the depths specified.
TO 81: USED
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
Machines shall be equipped with hydraulic feed head. The use of screw or
FoR
"tARRlAlS UNTIL
ORDERING fixed speed feed heads will not be permitted. The core drilling equipment
CERTIFIED AND DATED shall conform to NW core drilling equipment, equal or better than Sprague-
Henwood (Model 40CL). The core drilling machine shall be able to develop
a bit speed of at least 1200 rpm and the hydraulic system shall be able to
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION ANO MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 11
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
develop at least 2760 kPa (400 psi) down pressure. The drill rods (NW)
shall be the same size as the core barrel (NW) and the drill head shall be
able to swivel 360 degrees. Since the maximum recovery of unpredictable
soft or friable rock is of prime importance, the CONTRACTOR shall use a
standard ball-bearing, swivel-type, double-tube core barrel equipped with
diamond set core bits and standard core lifters similar in construction and
b) Procedures
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 12
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The CONTRACTOR shall keep a careful and complete record of the results
of all boring and sampling. Soil and rock materials shall be classified by the
CONTRACTOR immediately following the drilling. The log of each boring
shall include the time of drilling required for each "run", with the precise
I depths and elevations of the top and bottom of the run, the percentage of
core recovered per run, the depth and elevation at which ground water is
encountered, and the amount of drill water lost. Each boring shall be logged
on a separate log sheet for each ten meters of drilling (or less), and a
complete log of each hole shall be submitted prior to payment for that hole.
The labeling of core boxes shall be done in the manner prescribed. The
materials encountered in drilling shall be Visually classified according to soil
types as defined in ASTM 02487 or, if appropriate, ASTM 03282.
REVISIONS
E. Sample Containers
OPERATlNGDUAItTMI".NT The CONTRACTOR shall furnish jars, tubes, bags, labels, tags, boxes and crates
for sample containment and freighting. Samples obtained from test borings shall be
contained as follows:
2) "Undisturbed" Samples
TEO/ROT -10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTN( INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE N( RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOBORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 13
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3) Rock Cores
I a) Boxes
=
~~':ib:..",.........r- -
BY, MSM
DATEI
TEQIROT - 10125108 .
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
J08 ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 14
T238 A PTS-OSEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I
REVISIONS
TllANSMlSSION ~ET
PJ..ANN]NG DEPAATMJNr
OPERATING DEPAIlTMI'JIJI'
PLATE U-t
TVPtCM. COREBOX
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
.OR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIY.D AND DATED
PLATE 11-1
TYPICAL CORE BOX
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLAHTN INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE N
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 15
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA 49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
PROJECT :. _
BORING NO. : _
ELEVATION: _
i .. . ., -
COORDINATES: N. E. _
REVISIONS
STATION: OFFSET: _
...
ltolZ,JfOI
DATE (S) DRILLED:. _
CONTRACTOR. _
NOTES:
~
BY, MSM
DAn:
PLATE 11-2
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfJON OR
POR. ORDERING TYPICAL CORE BOX LABEL
MATERIALS UNTIL
ConnED AND DATED
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPEOF WORK & TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 16
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
b) Arrangement
All cores shall be arranged neatly in the partitioned boxes in the same
sequence in which they occurred before removal from the hole. Facing the
open box, with the hinged cover away from the observer and the open box
closer to the observer, cores shall be arranged in descending sequence
beginning at the upper left end of the partition farthest from the observer and
continuing in the other partitions from left to right to the right hand comer
close to the observer. The highest core shall be placed in Box 1, and lower
portions of the core shall be placed in the other boxes in consecutive order.
All cores shall be photographed with a folding rule or measuring tape
temporarily placed lengthwise along the edge of the box so that core piece
lengths may be readily discerned. The photographs shall clearly illustrate the
REVISIONS
condition of the core, and the identification labels and marks outlined in
SUbparagraph (a), above. Copies of photographs of all cores recovered on
P~AREDBY: ....;u;<>----t the PROJECT shall be included in the final report.
DATK: I....I-Jotl
c) Test Samples
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for preserving all samples in his
possession in good condition. The CONTRACTOR shall keep samples from
freeZing, from undue exposure to the weather and sun, and shall keep all
descriptive labels and designations on sample jars, bags, and boxes clean and
legible. Samples shall be delivered within the time limits specified for each type of
investigation. In general, no sample shall remain at the WORK SITE for more than
one week after being taken. Samples shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR at
his laboratory for a period of not less than ninety (90) days following submittal of
BY,
MSM the final report. The CONTRACTOR may then either destroy the samples, or make
DAn, ----f delivery to the COMPANY if so directed by the COMPANY.
G. Freighting
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for freighting all samples for which
laboratory testing is required as specified in the SERVICE ORDER. This includes
THIS DRAWING IS NOT transportation to the CONTRACTOR's laboratory and may include commercial
TO BE USIO FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR freighting to other laboratories if required for tests, which the CONTRACTOR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDJ:RJNG
UNTIL
cannot perform in his laboratory or within the time frame of the SERVICE ORDER.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
TEQIROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 17
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I were obtained, may be made by any methods selected by the CONTRACTOR that
in the opinion of the COMPANY will permit satisfactory completion. No additional
payment will be made for supplementary subsurface explorations that are required
to replace those abandoned or from which satisfactory samples were not obtained
because of mechanical failure of equipment, negligence on the part of the
CONTRACTOR, or other preventable causes for which the CONTRACTOR is
responsible. Payment will be made for acceptable portions of these supplementary
subsurface explorations below the depths or outside the reaches of the previously
REVISIONS
accepted WORK.
PKEFAJlEDBY: -DQ---1
2.04 EXPLORATION -OPEN EXCAVATION AND SAMPLING METHODS
DAn: IJ;.tl.0291l1
AWIQl1I!! 1) Definition
TRANSMl'l:SJON ASUl'
PLANNING DIlARTMiNT
A test pit will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock, or overburden, which
J(bf has an open cross-section area large enough to permit efficient excavation,
engineering inspection, and undisturbed sampling. Test pit excavations will not
be continued below the water table.
The equipment and supplies shall include suitable backhoes, picks, shovels,
and sampling tools. Backhoes used for all test pitting shall be capable of digging
pits to depths specified in the SERVICE ORDER. Supplies, which the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall include
split metal cylinders complete with bolts and nuts for tightening, and/or bolted
..,. - metal or wooden boxes of acceptable size and types. The minimum inside
dimensions of tightened cylinders shall be 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter by
BY, MSM 300 mm (12 inches) in length and the cubic boxes, shall have 250 mm (10
DATE:
inches) dimensions. Accessories to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall
include a small sample trimming shovel or spade, hatchet, trimming knife,
paraffin and facilities for melting and brush application, trowels, labels, boxes for
shipping samples, and lumber for shoring test pits. The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish bags with ties and tags for containing disturbed samples.
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 18
T238 A PTSOBEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
b) Undisturbed Sampling
c) Disturbed sampling
OPEBAT!NGDUAll'IMDIT
Disturbed samples shall be taken from the side walls of the test pit. The size
of the disturbed samples shall be adequate for the quantity of materials
required for the types of laboratory tests outlined in the SERVICE ORDER.
Sample containers may be cloth or burlap bags or, if moisture loss is to be
minimized, heavy duty plastic bags. In any case, the strength of the bags
must be sufficient to resist tearing or splitting during handling of the
contained samples. All bags must contain an inside label and an outside tag
'. <iI"-- showing pertinent information as required for Soil Classification Samples.
BY' MSM
DATEI -----I d) Disposition of Samples
Cylindrical and box samples shall be packed in dry packing and freighted in
sturdy wooden boxes of strength and construction sufficient to guarantee
against damage during shipment. Boxes should be no larger than is required
for freighting two such samples. Both box samples and boxed cylindrical
THiS BRAWING IS NOT samples shall be marked "FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE" and shall be
TO Bit USED FOR
CONSTllUcnON OR
identified by labels, similar to those for Undisturbed Samples taken from
FOR
MATERW.S
ORDERING
UNm..
borings, attached to inside and outside of each box. The CONTRACTOR
CERTIFIED ANDDATED shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature.
Undisturbed Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by
TEQ/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDR NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 19
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
the CONTRACTOR at his expense. The CONTRACTOR shall not hold these
samples at the site of exploration for a period in excess of one (1) week.
1) Definition
The equipment and supplies shall include suitable bulldozers, hand tools and
REVISIONS
sampling equipment. Test trenches, which are to be dug to refusal, shall be
excavated using a bulldozer equivalent to a Caterpillar Model 0-9 rated at 385
PREPABEDBY: -n;Q.--f
HP off the flywheel with a dozer blade and a single tooth ripper. Supplies, which
DATE: 11-01~:J:OO'
the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall be as
listed in "Test Pits and Sampling".
3) Procedures
I TlUJ'fSMI5SJON~:t
PIANNJNG DU'AllTMENT
TEO/ROT -- 10/25108
SCOPEOF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB OKDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 20
T238 A PTS.()8EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
requirements for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment,
special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to
approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following
requirements for each type of test.
I 1) Equipment
The apparatus used for refraction seismic testing shall be of the hammer-impact
sensitive type similar to the Nimbus Enhancement Seismograph Model ES-125
or the Bison Model 1575 B, Automatic Signal Enhancement Seismograph.
Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone,
Horizontal Geophone, as well as hammers, cables, switches, and other items
REVISIONS
required for the performance of a complete seismic refraction traverse having a
length of at least 100 meters.
PItEPAIlED BY: -"'Q-'--I
DAT!: IJ..I1-1IDI
2) Procedures
~
depth of 30 meters. Hammer impact points, generally, should not be farther
apart than 3 meters and the spacing should be reduced, where necessary, to
accurately delineate changes in seismic velocity of subsurface materials.
Elevation of ground surface shall be determined at each impact point relative to
a bench mark elevation provided by the COMPANY's Survey Division or to the
OPEJATlNGDEPARTMENT center of traverse at an assumed elevation of 100.000 meters. Double traverse
(forward and reverse) shall be performed at each location to evaluate strata dip
and subsurface irregularities. Right angle double traverses and/or radial
traverses may be required as directed by the COMPANY. Seismic velocity at a
given impact point shall be based on the cumulative average of "first arrival"
wave time for three or more hammer blows.
.'."'~
- 3) Records
ay, MSM When a clear wave pattern is developed for ''first arrival" wave time, the time
DATEI
shall be recorded in the field notes for the traverse. When the "first arrival" is
questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart
Recorder. Field notes and computations shall be recorded on forms described
in the following SUbparagraph 6.AA. Records and copies shall be provided to
the COMPANY as required therein. If voluminous, The records may be
presented in a separate volume of the final report.
THIS DRA.WING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR 4) Analysis and reports
FOR ORDERING
MAnRIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques
described in "The Handbook of Engineering Geophysics", Bison Instruments,
Inc., Minneapolis. Minnesota, USA. When field data is voluminous, the
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT N( INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE Ne REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 21
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
o This test shall be used to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave
z
velocities through subsurface materials at various depths for estimation of
REVISIONS
physical characteristics and engineering parameters of the materials.
PREP~BY: -D_"'-! The principle consists of recording the time it takes for a particular type of sonic
DAB: t."'OZ.lGGI
wave to travel a known distance between the impulse originating in one
borehole and the signal receiving device, geophone, in another borehole. The
signal received by geophone is amplified, displayed and enhanced by a remote
AmW:II! seismograph on the ground surface.
TBANSMESJONA.SSET
PLANNING DIPARTMINI'
.J?bf 2) EqUipment
The apparatus used for cross-hole seismic testing .shall be of the hammer
impact sensitive type similar to the signal enhancement seismograph OYO
MSBIS-150. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical
Of'l:1lA.TlNG DIP..urrMENT Geophone, hammer, cables, switches and other items required for the
performance of cross-hole seismic testing.
3) Procedures
At present, there is no ASTM or other Industry Standard available for this test.
Until such a Standard becomes available, the following test procedure shall
IV, MSM a) The receiver hole shall be drilled, sampled and cased to the maximum
DA.TEI
desired depth of the cross-hole test.
b) The impulse hole shall be drilled a distance of three to five meters away to
about 1.5 meters depth. The drill rod shall then be detached from the rig
and a steel anvil shall be screwed on the rod.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT c) The rod shall be struck with a sledge hammer, creating an impulse that
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfJON OR
travels down the rod and into the soil, and also initiating the time base in
FOil
MATERlALS
ORDEIlING
UNTn..
the seismograph.
CERTIFJJ:DANDDATED
TEQ/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTN( INOEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE N( RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 22
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
e) The seismograph shall display the wave pattern sensed by the geophone
on its cathode ray tube screen.
I f) This pattern shall be shown to the scale of a preselected time base such
that the time from the original impulse to the time of the impulse arrival for
various waves can be measured.
g) Knowing the travel time and travel distance, the wave velocities at that
particular depth shall be computed.
REVISIONS
h) The drill rod shall be advanced to a greater depth and the above
procedure repeated.
PREPARED BY: -.:J:EQ----1
DA TId II-O].ZOO'
CHlC'D. , . ... ..,...
4) Records
"'.
When a clear pattern is developed for the first arrival time of the various waves,
the time shall be recorded in the field notes. When the first arrival times are
TIl4NSMlSSIONASSET
PLANNING DJ:PAJrI'MINI questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart
Recorder. Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY.
<-RIIt 5) Analyses and Reports
Field data shall be analyzed to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave
velocities and estimate therefrom the physical and engineering characteristics
of the materials. Reports shall include time-distance plots showing average
arrival time for the two waves from each impact point, best fit velocities and
depth for each test. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should
be correlated with subsurface conditions encountered in test borings or exposed
in natural outcrops or man-made excavations.
C. Electrical Resistivity
....,
BY, MSM The apparatus and accessory equipment used for evaluation of subsurface
DAR: --I
conditions, based on the apparent electrical Resistivity, shall be comparable to the
Soil Test R-40C Resistivity Meter with a sensitivity adequate for evaluation of
materials to a depth of 30 meters. The scope, definitions, procedure, special
techniques and precautions, report and precision and accuracy shall be in
accordance with ASTM G-57, "Field Measurement of Soil Re!iistivity Using the
Wenner Four-Electrode Method". Analysis of field data shall generally conform to
THIS DRAWING JS NOT the procedures and techniques described in "Earth Resistivity Manual", Soil Test,
TO BI USED rOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Inc., Evanston, Illinois, U.S.A., and the results shall be presented as described
FOR
MATEIUA1S
ORDERrNG
UNTlL
therein.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
TEQIROT -10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE Ne RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 23
T238 A PTS..()8EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The method used shall be clearly indicated for each test result presented in the
PB,EPAJlIIIBY: -D:Q----1
final report.
c::::~~5i
11-lJZ..1001
U ....'
In accordance with ASTM D3017, "Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate In-
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)".
.
In Accordance with ASTM 01194, "Bearing Capacity of Soil for Static Load on
Spread Footings", except that dial gages accurate to 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) shall
OPRATBfGDEPAR'IMENT be used to measure deflections. The Unit Rate for this item shall include
mobilization/demobilization charges.
In general accordance with ASTM D1194. For each specific case, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the test set up, the equipmentto be
- used, the step by step procedure and the final report format. Tests will not be
started until these documents are reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.
Testing equipment shall be capable of exerting maximum test load up to 2700 kN
(=300 tons). Mobilization/Demobilization for this item shall be paid as a separate
pay item.
TEQIROT- 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSFOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE Ne REII
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 24
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
hold-down piles shall not be used where dead-load reaction is feasible. The
equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 1800 kN
(=200 tons).
i In accordance with ASTM 03689, "Individual Piles Under Static Axial Tensile
Load". The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up
to 900 kN (=100 tons).
oz In accordance with ASTM 03966, "Piles Under Lateral Loads". The equlpment
shall be capable of applying maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons).
REVISIONS
t.ffl The testing assembly shall be capable of applying a maximum tensile load of
1100 kN (=125 tons) in a direction axial to the stub angle at a tower footing.
The test loads shall be transmitted to the ground through the test frame resting
on leveling pads on the ground.
OPElU.TlNG DU'AIlTMENT
TEQ/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
,JOBORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 25
1238 A PTS08EM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The report shall present load-movement curve for each test together with the
estimated failure load. The observed mode of failure shall also be described.
1' . 1- OPEIU.Tll"fGDIPARTMENT
~,
I!!Il[W!
".,."" ....
-
B~, M~M
DATE:
TEO/ROT -10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNG INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE'oI
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 26
T238 A PTS-QSEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
1
~ 1t ~
r.;; HOLE 00. P.A[NTED ON CAP IN
~ I. BLAiCK PAINT
'"gj
'"
- ~. ~
r,TOP OF GROUND
-:
..
..
.~
III
.~.
~
i ~ 'I!o.
N ~ '14-- GROUT
REVlSIONS .
I!ii) ~.",
~...
"j
,:~.
... ~., ';-.N!iIIi,i+--_ STE.El ClSIHG 1I00mm I~{). WU
PREI"AllEDBY: -'.AQ---j ,'Ii .' .~
DATEl 11-OJ.J1lJI
+ "" i r ' _ . . ...
!.-I--.. -~~
.... L-1 . ~. TE.MPED BENTONITE pn LETS
~
TllANSMlSSIONASSZT
PIANHlNG DEPJUlTMINT
<-R1Jf
ai.
(~
V
IIV I. PVC PIPE SHALL HAVE A MIN. I.D. OF 25m.
2. BOTTO~ END OF PVC IELL SCREEN SHALL
I .. \'-".
r/.l
v
cI
V
l
BE PLUGGED.
3. ONE 3mm VENT HOLE. SHALL BE 01(lLLED
IN THE CA$lNG 15mm BELOW THE
V
, .
orEllATlNG DEJ"ARTM:ENT
(/ BOTTO" OF THE CAP~
V;, 4. POOTECTIVE PIP[. LOCK. AND GROUT
11-----1
1 1- - - - - 1 V"/
r /
//cI
REomRED FOR~LL [H$TALLATIONS,
E.~CEPT THOSE DESIGNATED AS ITEWPORARyl.
=~/~
OY,
DAn, __ --I
/ ./ p.E.A
. . GRAV.IL ,(5....ALLE..STCONS,mUENT
/ j NUST BE NO SMALLER THAN IE: LL
/: / SCREE:N SLOT OF MESH l
ORDERING
FOR
OR
, / == /
, L . . -_ _ TOTAL WIDTH TO
PVC WELL SCREEN
'Sun SIZE: OF CeRE.
CERTIFIED AND DATED - fAA Y BE AL TERE.D FOR SITE CQNDlTIOMS
PLATE 1I-3 PIEZOMETERS DETAIL - SINGLE INSTALLATION
__.' ..__"._,._".h"" ......,_ .._._.-._._..._.._.__._,_.._.__... _,_" . __ ,_. .____ _ . . _ .. _ " .--- ----
TEO/ROT -10/25/08
J'--- ~ _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
g ., N ...
REVlSlONS
PREPAllEDBY: --'"'>--.-f
DATE: II-O:.-zeBI
PVC PIPE
PEA GRAVEL (SMALLEST CONSTITUENT
MUST BE NO SMALLER THAN WELL
SCREEN SLOT OF MESH)
,
1---- 1 -
APPROXlMnE3.flM
TEMPED BENTOMTE PELLETS
'., .".
-
BY, MSM
DAn; ----.-f
PLATE 11-4
PIEZOMETER DETAIL - MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTN( INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGENC RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 28
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
--'----------------,------
!
2) Permeability Testing
I G. Electrical Resistivity
H. Thermal Resistivity
PREPARED BY: -""'--I
In accordance with IEEE* 442, "Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements", an outline
of the procedure is described herein: Insert the probe into a soil mass and allow
the probe to come into thermal equilibrium with the soil. An electrical current is
then passed through the heating element causing temperature rises in the interior
TRANSMl9SlOJ'f ASSET
FLANNlNG DEPABnn:NT of the probe. A thermocouple inside the probe measures the heat rise and
~. readings are taken at intervals measured by a stopwatch. The time temperature
data reduction is done then by graphical means. More sophisticated data reduction
procedures may be adopted by the CONTRACTOR upon COMPANY's approval.
Supplementary soil data (e.g., in-situ soil density and moisture content) shall be
obtained as directed by the COMPANY.
OPEllATINe DIPABTMENT
Vane Shear Test shall be in accordance with ASTM 02573, "Method for Field
Vane Shear Test in Cohesive Soils".
J. Pressuremeter Test
p ',-
- Pressuremeter testing shall be in accordance with ASTM 04719, "Standard Test
n, MSM Method for Pressuremeter Testing in Soils".
DATE:
K. Percolation Test
L. Other Considerations
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED 'OR.
CONSTRUcnON OR Certain other Standards, which shall be observed in the performance of field
'OR. ORDERING
MA TERlALS UNTIL
WORK but do not represent separate pay items include:
CI:R.TlJI1ED ANDDATW
TEQ/ROT - 10/25/0B
i
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE~
I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 29
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
!
i .
2.08 FIELD RECORDS
The CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate subsurface logs and records of all field work
accomplished under this CONTRACT and shall deliver complete, legible copies of
these logs and records to the COMPANy upon completion of the WORK or at such
other time or times as he may be directed. All such records shall be preserved in good
condition and order by the CONTRACTOR until they are delivered and accepted. The
COMPANY shall have the right to examine such records at any time prior to their
REVISIONS
delivery. Separate logs shall be made for each hole and test pit. The following
information shall be included on the logs or in the records for each hole:
DATE: I1-t1-1OO1
A. Hole number or designation and elevation of top hole
D. Dates and time by depths when test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, sampling
and cone testing operations were performed
. 1------1
!. ~: OPERATING DtrARTMIM' E. Depths at which samples or cores were recovered or attempts made to sample or
i; core inclUding top and bottom depth of each run.
G. Penetration and resistance such as drive-hammer blows given in blows per foot or
DATE:
part thereof for driving sample spoons and casing and as the pressure in pounds
per square inch applied to push undisturbed samples
H. Percentage of sample or core recovered per run and RQD value expressed as a
.
percentage
THIS DRAWINGIS NOT I. Depth at which ground water is encountered. Record Static Water Level and date
TO 81: USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
at least 24 hours after the hole is finished
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDAND DATED J. Depths at which drill water is lost and amounts. Depth and distance of drill rod
drops
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 30
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Additionally, records of test data for all field testing shall be provided in accordance
with the Standards specified in Section 2.07. The CONTRACTOR will provide sample
.copies of standard forms for each test to the COMPANY for review and approval prior
to performance of tests. The presence of a COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE or the
keeping of separate records by the COMPANY shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
the responsibility for the WORK specified in this paragraph. Payment will not be made
for any WORK for which the required records have not been furnished by the
CONTRACTOR.
Where relevant Standards are applicable, the laboratory WORK shall be conducted in
accordance with the procedures of the American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM) or in accordance to such other procedures and Standards delineated or
referenced herein. Where relevant standards are not necessarily applicable, gUide
Standards are provided. Reference to a specific standard does not necessarily
represent a pay item unless so indicated. Standards included in another test procedure
~
or which are required for the general operation of the laboratory (e.g. ASTM D421, "Dry
AI
BY, M1>M
preparation of Soil Samples for Particles Size Analysis and Determination of Soil
Constants") are not considered to be separate pay items. Standards for laboratory
"Am - - - - t testing are as follows:
A. Visual Classification
lEOIROl - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Nt INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 31
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
III: Guidelines for Preparation of Final Logs. Visual classification is not a separate
pay item.
B. Classification Testing
Identification of soil types based on laboratory testing shall not be separate pay
I item. The cost shall be included in the costs of the various tests required for
identification based on the criteria of ASTM D2487 or ASTM D3283. Tests shall be
assigned by the CONTRACTOR only after review of field data and visual
classification of samples recovered. Sufficient tests shall be performed to confirm
or modify visual classifications. Excessive testing, where definite visual
classification is possible, shall be avoided. Testing shall be done primarily on
.., . materials, which are borderline and are difficult to classify. A soils sample would be
ML-CL or SP-SM. Classification tests shall include:
REVISIONS
DATE: 11-01-200'
In accordance with ASTM D422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", but not
including hydrometer analysis
2) Particle-Size Analysis/Hydrometer
TlW"lSMlSstONASSET
PLANNlNG DIPAllTMENT
i c.RM
.......
In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", plus
determination of specific gravity but not including sieve analysis
... "....-
ay, MSM
- C. Index Properties Testing
DAn:
Tests include those required to group soils in major strata and to provide a basis
for evaluation of the structural characteristics utilizing a restricted number of
"Structural Properties Tests" described in subparagraph D, following. Index
properties tests required as a part of any other standard laboratory test procedure
r
(as in subparagraph 8.2, above) are not pay items. When performed
independently of other test procedures, payment will be made on the basis of the
THiS DRAWING IS NOT actual tests performed. Tests are to be assigned after evaluation of field data and
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
as needed for extrapolation of other laboratory test data. Index properties tests
FOR
MAnRIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
include:
CERTIFIED AND DATED
1) Moisture content
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 32
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
J'----- ~_
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I"
Samples, Denison Samples or Rock Core with unaltered natural volume.
Determine total dry weight of a sample of measured total volume, compute
and provide Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content.
3) Specific Gravity
Testing generally limited to materials finer than the #4, U.S. standard sieve in
accordance with ASTM D854, "Specific Gravity of Soils", unless otherwise
REVISIONS
directed by the COMPANY. Reported specific gravity shall be based on the
average of tests performed on three specimens of the same sample.
PREPAJllt 8Y: -DQ..-,-1
DAn: J....l~2ltOt
4) Natural Relative Density
."".~
JaY, MSM
- 1) Permeability
2) Unconfined Compression
T81S BRA,WING IS NOT Generally in accordance with the procedures outlined in Ref. 1. ASTM 02166,
TO BE USJ:D FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR "Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil", may be used as a
FOR
MATERIALS
OllDERING
UNTIL
guide. Trimming of specimens should be limited to "Squaring" of the ends (if
CERTIFIED AND DATED capping is not appropriate). Reduction of specimen diameter by trimming is
not acceptable. Ratio of specimen height to diameter should be less than
three and greater than two.
TEQ/ROT - 10/25108
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE Ne REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION ANO MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 33
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3) Triaxial Compression
I within these limitations. Triaxial tests to be paid for on a per test basis; either
as one of a series of tests at different confining pressures or as individual tests
at confining pressures approximately equal to "at-rest" lateral earth pressures
for the in-situ condition. The procedures described in ASTM 02850,
"Unconsolidated, Undrained Strength of Cohesive Soils in Triaxial
Compression", are generally adequate for that type of test. Consolidated,
undrained testing, with pore water pressure readings, as described in Ref. 1
will be required on all specimens tested at confining pressures comparable to
REVISIONS
earth pressure.
.....:I1'l-'---i
pREPARED BY:
4) Direct Shear
DATE' <d:::::>i~5i
Generally limited to tests on cohesionless soils or to consolidated shear tests
on fine grained soils. Test procedures generally as described in either Ref. 1
or Ref. 2. Consolidated shear test procedures outlined in ASTM 03080,
TRANSMlSSlONM5ET
~GDEPAJn'MINT "Direct Shear Test of Soils", may be used as a guide.
.<-?IJ1.. 5) Elastic Moduli of Rock
6) Consolidation
7) Expansion Pressure
E. Compaction Testing
THIs DRAWlNG IS NOT Test to be performed on disturbed bulk soil samples representative of significant
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
materials. Structural properties tests may be assigned as required for geotechnical
FOil ORDERING
PdATI:'RIALS UNTIL
evaluation of proposed construction and will be paid for separately from
CERTlFlIDAND DATED compaction testing. Compaction tests, standards, and variations are as follows:
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 34
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
...J"-- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1) Modified Compaction
~
item. Pay items will include CBR 3-point, unsoaked and CBR 3-point, soaked (4
days surcharged, with swell measurements taken daily).
'}L-" ,
F. Chemical Analysis
OP.ERA.'mGDIPA.R.TMENI' Chemical tests shall be performed for water soluble salts as a percent by weight of
dried sample at 105 0 C to include sodium, potassium, SUlfate, chloride ions and
sodium chloride.
G. Other Testing
Other laboratory testing than that described above will be required for materials
~~"''-
av, MiSM
- quality control. Such tests are included in Schedule with appropriate ASTM or
other Standard designation.
DAn:
2.11 LASORATORY TEST RECORDS
All laboratory measurements and observations made for each test shall be recorded in
a near, legible manner or forms appropriate to the test being performed. Forms used
for this purpose are subjecUo the approval of the COMPANY. Copies of test data will
be provided to the COMPANY upon request. Original test data will be preserved for a
THIS ORAWING IS NOT period of three years after submitting the test results to the COMPANY or for a lesser
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI10N OR
period if authorized by the COMPANY to destroy the data earlier.
.OR ORD:r.RING
I'A T.f,RIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
TEQIROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
.JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 35
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.01 GENERAL
Final logs shall be prepared using information and pertinent results from field logs and
results of laboratory and/or field tests including Standard Penetration Test values.
I"
Overburden materials shall be classified according to ASTM 02487, "Classification of
Soils for Engineering Purposes"; and, ASTM 02488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedures)", for all investigations other than those, which are primarily intended for
evaluation of subgrade soils for pavement design. Soil designations and Group Symbols
shall be used on all logs, conforming to the Unified Soil Classification as outlined on Table
111-1, attached. Rock classification shall be based on standard geologic terminology with
applicable descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown on Table 111-2, attached. Subgrade
soils will be classified in accordance with ASTM 03282, "Classification of Soils and Soil
REVISIONS
Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes". Elevation and depths shall be
shown for any change of material, weathering, top of rock and bottom of hole. Other
pertinent information will be provided on the logs as described in the following paragraphs.
DA.TE: 1....:z...z&O.
"flt.ANSMISSION ABDl'
PlANNING DIPAllTMI'.NT
OPERAllNG DEPARTMENT
gAIJml!
.~;I -
.."..,.
BY, MSM
DATE:
TEQ/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 36
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
.'"
~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ,.4~ ~J.,.....JI ~~I
~
$
e Unified Soil Classification System
~
{More than (Less than gravel-sand
soils (More than haW 5% mixtures, andsubstantial amounl
B
~
half ofmaterlal
finer than 3.
mh
oflhe coarse
fractionIs
larger
of material
smallocthan
little or no fine. grealer than 4 of an Intennedlate
particlesize.
Cl than No 4 No. 200
sieve is larger sieve sieve Cz=~
!JlanNo.200 size about siZe.) D,oxo.
between 1 and 3
GP Poo~y graded Not meeting both Predominantly one size
0;Z ~ N
- gravels, gravel-sand
mixtures. little or no
fines.
criteria for GW (unifonnly graded) or
a range of sues with
some lntennediale sizes
REVISIONS
mlsslno (aaDaraded).
Atterberg Atteroerg
~. Gravelswhh GM Silty gravels, Umits limits Nonplastic fines or
PKD'ABEDBY: below "A" aboYe"A"
BATEI 11-11-1'" -do- -do- fines. (More and gravel-sand- jne, line fines of low plasticity.
cRVr
...... Sands (More
than half of
size.)"
Clean sands
(less than
SW
mbctLlres.
TEQIROT- 10125108
SCOPEOF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT N( INDEX DOCUMENT NO, PAGE N( RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 37
1238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
I
I
a" SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ,,~JfS.U ~J~\ 4s~1
I,
!'
~
I
Inorganicclaysof
CH higl1 High Non. High
-do - -do plasticity, tat clays. Atterberglimits above "A" line. to lJerj
hiGh
.,; ~ M ~
OH 0fYanic clays of Medium None to Slight
z -do- medium to high AtlElfberg limils below "A"line. 10 very 10
REVISIONS Dlastldlv hioh slow medium
Peat, muck and
PI Dlhef High ignitionloss, LL and PI Organic color and odor,
-do- Highly organic soil highly organic sons. decreaseafter drjing. spongy feel, hquently
PREPAIU,D BY:
fibrous texture.
DATE: 11-01-200'
Materialswith 5 to 12 percent smallerthan No. 200 sieve are border1tne cases, designated:GW-GM, SW-SC, etc.
CHK'I>Br,- ~~
r
4lllI!WOI!
TlUNSMlSSIONASSET
P1AJ"fI"fJNCDIPA.lI.TMINI
/ V
~~-=
./
/ ./
~b/ @ l; /" ==em
.. /
~ 'lM_ - - -. . . . .
AJ.J lIIr&u
['1'
BY: " MSM / ..- "/
./
IIi!I! .
DATE:
@JI!1II' CI .<
,./ I ./
V
IL IoCIl.
' .. ...,
II HI
lit II II III \1111 ,<II iii I. III :lit
"'lUTUI
IIII'Elio
TlUS DRAWING IS NOT I.RIiir.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
MATERIALS
OR
ORDERING
UNTIL
-......-I.. ~
CERTIFIED ANDDATED
TABLE 111-1
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC REII
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 38
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
JI...- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I
"
SHAlE
CCI\l
~PAC11ON
SHALE
CBlENTlll
I
niflcancBhavebeenomiUediftteJItionally.
Thus,white synit. Ofpegmatite Bfe recog-
nized ~y geOlogistasdi~fl:::er:::in"g:::ln;:cerl~'::.:-lr
respectslromgrlnite, toengineerslhese
difference arenot Sllfllcilfll practlcalsiJ' UthologicCbarac-
nlflcMte tovariouslJse ofany Iermbut t erlstles
'
8 iCiayey
9 iSh.ly I
!
I !iliaMl here forI heapplicable propert Ie
Thus, Ihe logforacore hole may beindi-
cal edon engineering drBWlngsl nt he
foUowingmanner:
I
I
_._-
REVISIONS
I are recognized aslndlvidual torck Iypes.
part icularly indimanEilon lil;one and aggre
14IPlastlcseams
I I
j
I
I
gateq.rles. Therocksrntolsshown Hardness.andDegree 15 ;vefyOlftorDla.~
I u; cnthechart have been standardized bythe ofCementat Ion 16 1Soft - Canbescratchecl'NItllfil1gernaii
! E Jl
us.
PREPARED.IY: -'''''<---1
I ~ CBoIiglcal Survey anclllilYe beenuSld
eideJy brotherUnited Stat,sand
11 iModerately harll- Gan bescrached easily
! -.;thknlfe;cannotbes:ratchedwllh
1:::t::;:I:;l L1MESTOOE 2,9.17,22,
= 2T~34,3lI
SCHIST ~
:t
..!2o
..
D-
foreign agencies. Cooseqltenlly. when
symbGlsareused todlfferentiat e:rockson
; fingernail.
18 iHard~ Difficult loscratchedwithknife
I
=
.~io!i rnA'lWICKE boring logsor geologlcid crosssectlo/lS. 19!Veryhilrd.Cannol bescratchedwllhknlfe 1 = CEMElillD 13,17.27b,
~;i1!If . o only Ihe 5'jrnbolsappearlngonthls chart 2(1(Poorly cemented ! I~ SHALE 3:3.42.45
s
~
TBANSMmslONASSET
t-e:o;-. . PJARlZJTE .
w
~
I
sl'Iallbeuselllf arock suchastrachytels
~omilledon ba,lng log,thesyrnboJ repre-
21lCemented
I
!
i
PLANNING DU.uTMENT
! 22 iDense ! 17,33.45
J(1JI ..
w
w
X
23lAne
24 iMedium
I
f US,33
'~
5 25 iCoarse !
'II, I.' SOAPSTCJoJE
!~SERPElinNE
o
c
~
.. i
!
1 - - - - - - - 1 ~"'LA'-"TE=--_-1 i: ~
~
i f
o
I
OPEKATINGDEPARTMENT
ll:
..
:>
o
~
.~.;.;- D1CRITE
.-.-.-F=---I
.....+ ..
?r- ~ ~BBRO
===---1
..
BY,
."""..
MSM
~
OESITE
DATE:
BASA~_
(TRAP)
'., ,;~ TUfFffi
=TU"'fF::ia=REC=CIA,--j
AGG.~ERATE
.~;.::~~ CftFlOrVBRECClA
.
TEQ/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 39
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF o
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The density of coarse grained cohesion less soils and silts shall be described in
accordance with the following, where applicable:
A. Test Pits
I 1) Loose
2) Compact
Easily excavated with hand shovel
B. Soil Borings
REVISIONS
Where Standard Penetration Test (SPT) results are available and the penetration
resistance does not appear to be influenced by other factors (e.g., rock fragments,
DATE: lJ.OHIII'
cementation, etc.), the density may be described in accordance with the following
presumptive relationship:
OPERATINGDEPAll1MENl" Medium 12 - 23
Dense 24-35
1 - - - - - - 1 1 ...
Very Dense 36-50
The consistency of cohesive clays and silts (where applicable) shall be described in
accordance with the following:
A. Test Pits
nus DRAWING IS NOT 1) Very Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by fist
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
2) Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by thumb
CEkTlnEDAND DATED
TEQlROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 40
T238 A PTS-OSEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
1,..........- . - -....- - , , . . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
B. Soil Borings
DATE: 11-02:.2"'
RANGE OF UNCONFINED
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH NO. OF BLOWS (N)
CONSISTENCY ute
or kg/cm 2 PER 305 mm (12 in.)
,
. The nature and degree of cementation shall be completely described. The terminology
used to describe cementation shall be defined in the report.
3.05 ROCK
'. ',..--
- After identification of major rock type on the log, the physical properties shall be described
BY, MSM in accordance with descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown in Table 111-2 and in the
DAn, --I
following sequence:
B. Lithologic Characteristics
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BI: USED FOR
CONSTRllCTION OR
C. Hardness and Degree of Cementation
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIJ'IED ANDDATED D. Texture
TEO/ROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGA1l0N AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 41
T238 A PTS-oSEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
F. Degree of Weathering
H. Swelling Properties
I. Slaking Properties
All notes recorded on field logs pertinent to the evaluation and analysis of subsurface
conditions shall be transcribed on the final logs, with particular emphasis on ground water
conditions and general drilling operations experienced in test borings. Other records and
REVISIONS
observations, including subsequent variations in piezometric records of ground water
elevations shall also be incorporated in the final logs where applicable.
PUJ'AUDBV: -""_-I
Examples of final logs of test borings and test pits are illustrated on Plates 111-1 and 111-1 a,
utilizing COMPANY Standard Form 15109 (11/83). Blank copies of these forms will be
l'BANSM}SSlO{'ll ASSET
J'lA,NNlNG DIl'A.RTMDIT available to the CONTRACTOR as needed for specific PROJECTS.
c.RM
OPERATllG DIPAJ.'IMENT
?'
MlAj .. ", ...
-
BY, MSM
DATE.
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT Ne INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 42
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
~'-' SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 1'4jfSl.l ~~~\ ~~I
i:"..,
SEC BORING LOG
~" PROJECT No.
'-'
LOCATION: (CONTRACTOR:
INORTH: TYPE OF BORING:
COORDINATES BORING NO.
lEAST: DIA. OF BORING:
GROUND ELEVATION: DIA OF UNDISTURBED SAMPLE: DATE COMMENCED:
...
z: DEPTH AT GROUNDWATER TABLE: CASING HAMMER WT. & DROP: DATE COMPLETED:
sa
MEASURED AT: HOURS,ON SAMPLING HAMMER WT. & DROP: SUPERVISOR:
~
Cl ~
w
Q.
I::
>" I::
illQ. 5 I-~ ~ iijZ
ij
-'
0
Z
0
~
l-
w
W
J: ~ 0 "
W
OJ !
OJ
::; U
I.L
W W ~
::; ~
Q. W
~ u:: DESCRIPTION REMARKS
~ ~ ::;
tii -' (f)
\;:
i
~ 0
~
Q. ::J iij
::; z i1i 0 5 oJ
~ 1;:
0 (f)
..J ::; 5(f)
OJ 0 0 :5o l!j
0
z: ~ ~
- -
REVISIONS
----1
PREPAREDlY: - ~
DAn: 11-1%-1011
CHK...'r"
~
""'''''r'
~
-
~
TRANSMISSION ASSET
~ us
PLANNING DEPARTMENT
-
'-?lIt" l"'""
~
- ~
----.:!
OPJ:RATJNG DD'ARTMI:NT
-
~ ~
-
-!.
~a;f1J! L- - ~
,
"".
.y; ~
MSM
DATI::
-
~ 2E
-
10 33
LEGEND:
SPT 1: STANDARD PENETRATION TEST & NUMBER
THIS DRAWING IS NOT U 1: UNDISTURBED THIN WALL TUBE SAMPLE & NUMBER
TO BE USED I'OR
CONSTRUCTION OR R 1: ROCK CORE RUN 8. NUMBER
roR ORDERING 0 1: DENISON SAMPLE 8. NUMBER
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
REC RECOVERY SHEET 1 OF 2
PLATE III - 1
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE'
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 43
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
e SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 1'4..>fSll ~..l."....JI4s~1
~
-e
z w
~ $
...0 5 lu
.. ~ ~
Q.
;; ffi ffi W "#.
~
~
~ o
0:
!z ~
f:! w
5 ~
en
z :; ~
~ ... ..
~ w z :; u: DESCRIPTION REMARKS ;;
! ... . ~ ~15 ~ ...5
II)
It -'" 5en iij
~
Q.
~
.
u
s 0 :;
~ :;
o II)
en
~
o
Q.
w
0
- ...22
~
.,;
Z
~ H
- -
REVISIONS
~ ~
PREPARED IY:
-
DATa: 1....1-100.
- ~
~
TJlILNSMJSSION ASSET ~
pJ.A1iN]NC DIPAllTMEI"IT
-
<-R1Jf ~ ~
p
"
-
~
OPERA.TlNG DD'AltTMENJ'
- ~
-
~ ~
~(..-
~
-
--!2
-
Iy:
MSM
~
DAn: -
20
LEGEND:
SPT 1: STANDARD PENETRATION TEST & NUMBER
U 1: UNDISTURI?IOD THIN WA~L TUBE SAMPLE & NUMBER
R 1: ROCK CORE RUN & NUMBER
D 1: DENISON SAMPLE & NUMBER
THIS ORAWING IS NOT ROD : ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR REC : RECOVERY SHEET 2 OF 2
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAL'; UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED PLATE 111- 1a
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTNC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGENC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 44
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4.01 GENERAL
The wide variation of the scope of services required for individual COMPANY PROJECTS
precludes the use of a single format for all PROJECTS. However, most investigations will
4.02 SCOPE
The results of the investigations shall be presented in a final report, which shall be written
IIEVlSIONS
for the purpose of assisting and guiding designers in making their decisions. Discussion of
broad regional physiographic and geological features will be limited to the tangible
PIW'AIWlBY, -..:1:1_--1 engineering significance and a reasonable understanding of these features in the
selection of a site and determination of the appropriate design. The discussion shall be
focused principally on description of rock, soil and ground water conditions that are
significant in the design or will affect construction. The discussion shall be supplemented
by geologic maps, cross-sections and boring logs as applicable to clearly illustrate existing
1'1tANSMISSlOIIl' ASS~
PlANNING DEPAilTMINI conditions and the relationships of these conditions to the PROJECT. In support of its
conclusions, the discussion shall present the result of field and laboratory investigations in
e..fb1
,....... .
relation to the designs recommended in development of the PROJECT. The report shall
contain specific design recommendations. Technical terms used in the report shall be
clearly defined and used consistently throughout the report. Where variable subsurface
conditions exist, generalized recommendations will not be satisfactory. Specific
OPEB.ATlHGDUAR'IMENT recommendations will be made for specific PROJECT areas or variations in foundation
conditions.
4.03 FORMAT
The final report shall consist of, but not limited to, an effective combination of discussions,
tabulated data, laboratory testing results, backup calculations, soil and geological
illustrations, and reference bibliography to depict the conditions that are of engineering
.'., significance. The discussion in the foundation report should always include alternate
M~M
BY,
foundation systems. The presentation shall include the following:
DATI:; -----I
A. Summary
As a preamble to the report, a cover letter in the form of a summary shall be prepared.
This letter shall summarize the site description, the surface and subsurface soil
conditions and properties, the resulting engineering considerations, and
THIS DRAWING IS NOT recommendations for design of foundations and other elements of construction
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR influenced by subsurface conditions.
I!OR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFl.IDAND DATED B. Scope of Work
TEQIROT - 10125/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 45
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
The Scope of Work shall describe the type of design information that is to be furnished
by the report; e.g., for design of foundations for overhead transmission lines, substation
buildings or other types of structures, slabs-on-grade, roads, parking areas, deep
i excavations, pipelines, buried cables, cable tunnels, etc., as well as the description of
i
the scope of the investigation conducted by the CONTRACTOR.
!
,
i
u
l:l
C. PROJECT Description
The PROJECT Description shall include the geographic location of the site with respect
. "
to existing landmarks, populated areas, etc., the type of construction; the structural
characteristics including the allowable total and differential settlement; moments,
thrusts (including uplift) and Vibratory loads imposed on foundations; neamess to
,,; existing or planned structures; and any other special foundation design considerations.
z
Where some elements of the PROJECT description are not known at the time of the
REVISIONS
preparation of the report, the COMPANY shall provide best estimates for these
elements and the report shall clearly indicate that these are estimates.
D. Site Conditions
i -
TRANSMlSSION;.\SSU'
PLANNlNG DIFAJmlD,NT
~
The existing surface conditions at site shall be described as to grades, access,
drainage and/or any other feature, which may have a bearing on the WORK, including,
where appropriate:
2) Geomorphology
. OPERATlNCDEPARTMENT 3) Existing construction and/or evidence of previous constructions and man-made site
alterations (e.g., grading, dumping, etc.)
AA;;:;mD
,...,.,,.,
)JY. MSM The section on Field Investigation shall describe the type of equipment used; the
DAn, - - - - I number, location, diameter and depth of borings or other types of explorations; the
working procedures; sampling methods and frequency; and type of field tests
performed. Where piezometers have been installed, the type, depth and location, as
well as an accurate as-installed drawing of each piezometer shall be included. Logs of
explorations and the results of all field tests shall also be part of this section. This
section may be presented in a separate volume if voluminous.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
'1'0 BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnoN OR
F. Laboratory Tests
FOR ORDERING
MATERlALS UNTIL
CER.TlFIED AND DATED The section on Laboratory Tests shall contain a description of the sample extraction
procedure, the type of tests performed and all test results. This section may also be
presented in a separate volume if voluminous.
TEQIROT - 10/25/08
I SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE Ne RE\
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 46
T238 A PTS08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
G. Subsurface Conditions
~
excavations and to foundations located near or below the ground water table, shall be
discussed. For all foundation cases, the factor of safety employed in the analysis, shall
be stated; and, both "ultimate" and "allowable" values of the appropriate geotechnical
,
~j.
,"",-
BY, M:SM The section on Recommendations shall give clear, concise, positive recommendations
DA.TE:
of the design criteria for each type of foundations, which is to be used, to govern the
design of all foundations for the PROJECT; and, shall give specific recommendations
for the design of other elements of construction, which may be influenced by
geotechnical considerations, as defined in the scope of WORK for a given PROJECT.
Where appropriate, this shall include:
THiS ORAWING IS NOT 1) Bearing capacities for various types of shallow foundations, e.g. spread footings,
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
mat, thickened edge slab, etc. Recommend type best suited for site.
FOR ORDI:RD'iG
MATERIALS UNTD...
CERTIFIED ANDDATED 2) Deep foundation capacities; including drilled piers, caissons, driven piles, etc.
Discuss tension, compression and lateral capacity of foundation system.
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE~
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 47
T238 A PTS-OBEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4) CBR and "K" values for pavement and floor slab design
g .. N _
9) Foundation and subsurface construction excavation
REVISIONS
10) Ground water considerations
i CIIX'D.y,-"'''''Y'"''
/ 12) Rocl< bolting and anchoring problems
Both the engineer responsible for the foundation analysis and a principal of the
COMPANY shall certify the accuracy of the contents of the report by affixing their
signatures thereto.
K. Illustrations
~
~~rIJ(.~-r- The illustrations provided with the report do not necessarily require a separate section.
BY, M~M Illustrative material including any of the following that are applicable to the PROJECT
DAn;, ----I will be used in the final report.
:
2) Plan of Exploration
TEQJROT - 10125108
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC REV
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 48
T238 A PTS-08EM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
9) Photographs of all rock cores recovered as well as photos illustrating pertinent site
conditions. All photos shall have the following information on the back of the photo
.; ~ H H
or under the photo, if it is mounted: Name of PROJECT, site location, date of photo,
" CONTRACTOR, location of photographer and direction that the photo is viewing, a
REVISIONS
brief description of main points in photo, name of photographer, a sequential
number for each photo and notes showing if photo is a "Pan-View'. An arrow
PUPAREDBY:
showing number, location and direction of the photo will be noted on the plan of
I DAn:~ 11-01-2101
explorations for the PROJECT. Negatives for field photos and core photos will be
"""'DB~ ~
retained by the CONTRACTOR in a permanent file.
"
AUR!WIl
i
,
TRANSMI5SI0~ ASSEl'
PlANNING DEPAIlnIINT *** END OF SECTION IV ***
,
J(IJJ
~
OPERATJIIfGDUA1l1MlNl' REFERENCES:
h-4J'~MSM
BY,
DATE:
TEO/ROT - 10/25/08
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANT NC INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NC RE\I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING
JOB ORDER NO. FOR 380kV SUBSTATIONS 49
T238 A PTSOBEM313 OF 0
SAUDI ARABIA
49
APPENDIX-IX
APPENDIX IX
DATE
CHK'DBY
ENGINEElUNG DIPI'.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
DLSlFP/Gsa
PTS11 CM01 0
2011-10-04
OPERATING DEPT,
DATIl 2011-10-04
OCTOBER 2011
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 1
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
No.
PAGE
REVISIONS
DRAWNBY
I. GENERAL 3
DAn:
CHK'DB'V
II. SCADA SCOPE OFWORK 4
~ SCADA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS AND TECHNICAL
ENGINEERING DEPI'. III. 7
SPECIFICATIONS
~ IV. STANDARDS 7
DLSlFP/{fsc
201 HO..()4
V. ATTACHMENT 7
OPERATING DIPT.
~z
DATE; 2011-10-04
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 2
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I. GENERAL
1. This document, which is the Appendix IX of the titled project technical specifications,
contains the Scope of WorkfT echnical Specification (SOWfTS) for the SCADA,
requirements at the substations associated with the titled project, as indicated
Attachment I to this Appendix IX.
DIlAWNBY
4. To ensure that CONTRACTOR's bid and design proposal is accurate and reflecting
DATE
the most recent situation in site, CONTRACTOR is required to participate in pre-bid
CHK'DBY
site surveys or request for same and clarification with SEC operational site personnel
to gather and ascertain technical data necessary for him to bid, design, and install the
~ SCADA equipment, such data as the type of existing SCADA /DSM/SOE equipment,
ENGINEERING DIPT.
expand ability, availability of installation spaces and spare terminations and terminal
blocks, voltage sources, signal points and related.
DLS/FPl6SQ 5. Contractor shall provide the spare parts as specified in the Appendix V of the main
2011-10-04 PTS.
OPERATING DEPT.
6. CONTRACTOR shall also provide and test for SCADA system, 20% of offered
modules as operational spare parts.
7. CONTRACTOR shall provide and test additional SCADA spare points of 20% of
Contractor-installed points.
9. CONTRACTOR shall provide all cables, wiring and terminations required at all
DATE: 2011-10-04
locations to install SCADA.
10. CONTRACTOR shall comply to SEC standard 01-TMSS-01, Rev. 01, "General
Requirements for All Equipment/Materials".
11. CONTRACTOR shall provide all components and accessories required for the
satisfactory operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide at least one (1) year warranty for the hardware and
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR workmanship, in addition to the availability of a local vendor/agent through which
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL installed hardware's can be procured.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 3
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
13. CONTRACTOR shall test on site all his offered equipments/components using
calibrated standard test instruments the calibration of which are traceable to SEC-
approved calibration laboratory. Testing should be done in the presence of
COMPANY engineer/technician.
14. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and/or revise and of SCADA system site-specific
documentations for the involved stations which shall include, but not limited to, as
shown below of the RTU standard 38-TMSS-03, Rev 1, 38-TMSS-04, and 38-TMSS-
06 documentation requirements. Submit two 2) sets of documentations to the
COMPANY both in hard copy and soft copy MS Excel and Microstation formats in CD
media) for review and approval before finalizing:
.ATE
CHK'DBY
15. Contractor shall ensure that expansion/modification works do not degrade
performance of existing system.
APPROVED
16. Contractor shall ensure that added expansion modules/materials inherit the
ENGINEERING DEFT.
performance of existing system.
18. All SCADA documentation, drafting, and drawings shall comply with the SEC drafting
OPEltATING DEPT. standards specified in the main Scope of Work and provided in both in soft and hard
copies.
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install SCADA RTU expansion equipment at the
above indicated substations in order to meet the additional SCADA telemetry point
DATE: 2011-10-04
requirements. The SCADA equipment shall consist of, but not limited to, the following:
a. Expansion RTU I/O Controllers
b. RTU Panels for additional controllers, as necessary
c. IFC terminal block
d. AC/DC power supply
e. Substation Equipment Interface
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR f. SCADA Wiring, Cables & Connectors
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED g. RTU Reconfiguration
h. Additional Transducers
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 4
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
2. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and/or revise the SCADA drawings and SCADA Tele-
Information Plan sheets of the substations and submit to the COMPANY for review
and approval before finalizing. Submit new/revised SCADA Tele-Information Plan in
hard copy and soft copy (in a CD).
3. CONTRACTOR shall implement the SCADA Tele-Information plan requirement for the
REVISIONS
substations in this project.
DIlAWNBY 4. CONTRACTOR shall submit the SCADA-signallist of all alarms, indications, controls
DAn: and measurement on the proper prescribed SEC forms, with details of terminations in
ClIK'DBY the marshalling kiosk and proper labeling of signal to be entered in PCC computers for
prior approval of the SEC concerned department.
5. CONTRACTOR shall install SCADA transducers and required number of transducers
ENGINEERING DEPT.
shall be as per SCADA signal list related to the reinforcement of each extension in this
project. Characteristics and rating of the offered SCADA transducers shall be in
accordance with Technical Specification TS-16.23/ R.1.
DLS/FPIGOO '
2011-10-04 6. Transducers shall be rack mounted, not rail mounted.
7. All transducers shall be programmable type and software and necessary cabling and
OPERATING DEfT. tools shall be provided to program them.
8. Transducers shall be DC-powered and for each row of transducers one DC supply
MCB shall be provided.
9. Where multiple racks shall be employed in the RTU rack, each rack shall have its
own power supply. The power to each power supply shall be secured by an individual
MCB mounted in the RTU cabinet.
~
@DAn: 2011-10-04
10. Interposing Relays and Transducers shall be installed in separate cabinets.
11. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that characteristics and ratings of the offered transducers
should be programmable and compliant to Technical Specification TS 16.23/Rev 1.
Analogue input modules shall be +/- 2.5mA input from transducers for bipolar and 0-5
mA for unipolar measurands.
12. Interposing Relays shall be plugged-in type and not soldered.
13. DC-powered lights shall be provided in the panels that will be added, as applicable,
as well as in the SCADA marshalling cabinets.
THlS DRAWING ]S NOT 14. For each RTU cabinet, the rating of power converters, transfer switches, AC/DC
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR power supplies and circuit breakers etc, shall be based on the load of maximum
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL number of RTU I/O racks permissible in a cabinet.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 5
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
GSQ\fnL2011-1O-04_PFC_HAILI...APPENDIX-9_PTS-11CMOlO_PLT-C494.docx 2011-10-04
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
15. All motorized Disconnects/ Isolators & Ground Switches shall be controllable
(Trip/Close), while all non-motorized Disconnects/Isolators & Ground Switches status
(Open/Close) indication shall be monitored from the control center through SCADA.
16. The open position and close position contacts for each DisconnecUlsolator, as well as
for each Earth SWitch shall be provided and wired to the SCADA Automation System.
17. Auto-re-c1oser local/remote status and other related alarms shall be provided, as
applicable.
18. CONTRACTOR shall ensure all the adaptation work required such as extension of the
marshalling kiosk (MK), interposing relays, and all cabling from the source to the MK
and further to the RTU for each substation in these project, shall be in accordance with
Technical Specification TS-16.32/R.4.
19. Modification/adaptation works in the existing RTUs should be done by
REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR if necessary to effect the proper operation of installed expansion
RTUs and be compliant to Adaptation Work TS-16.32, Rev. 4.
DRAWNBY 20. CONTRACTOR shall prepare procedures and conduct installation check-out and
DAn: performance testing in coordination with COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES, which
CHK'DBY
shall include, but not limited to the following:
a. SCADA SAT: A Site Acceptance Test shall be conducted and shall be witnessed
APPROVED
by SEC Representative at the Substation after RTU installation. It should consist
ENGINEERINGDEPT.
of testing all input cards and controllers in conjunction with a protocol simulator.
;DATE: 2011-10--04
guidelines provided in the SEC standard TES-P-119.27, Rev 1, Supervisory Control
and Data Acquisition. Finalization of all point lists shall be done during base design
stage subject to approval of COMPANY.
22 All cabinets shall be labeled with their functions. Labels shall be of permanently
engraved type, properly fixed with wordings approved by SEC. Ferruling shall be
made at both ends of all wirings
23 All applicable standards, equipmenUmaterial specifications, testing/ inspection/
commissioning, documentation/ drafting requirements that were specified for the
SCADA RTUs in the main Scope of Scope of Work shall be applied for the SCADA
RTU expansion in this project.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
24. Preparation of RTU module sheet shall conform to IEC 60870-5-104; information
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
object addresses, should be presented in un-structured format.
CERTlFIED AND DATED
25. Preparation of checklists shall be in conformity with the LDC format.
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOBORDERNO. PTS- 6
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
26. The Analog Input Modules shall be adapted for the inputs from electrical transducer
as specified in TS-16.23!R.1.
27. External Interposing relays shall be installed at the controlled devices if the RTU
Relay Output Contact rating cannot sustain the current rating of controlled devices.
28. Status indications for breaker and isolators should be double-pole not single pole.
29. Spare points shall be wired to SCADA interface! marshalling kiosk. In addition, all
points shall be configured in the RTU and should be tested locally.
30. Auxiliary contacts that are used to initiate alarms should be normally open.
31. Contractor shall provide SCADA Protocol Simulator that shall meet the following
technical specifications:
a. Contractor shall provide SCADA Protocol Simulator that shall meet the following
technical specifications:
REVISIONS
b. A portable PC or equivalent with at least PCMCIA, RS232 and LAN 100BaseT
DRAWN BY ports.
DATE
CHK'DBY
c. PCMCIA MODEM and LAN 100BaseT Cards with corresponding connectors,
cables and other RTU-related hardware interfaces.
~
d. Licensed ASE2000 SCADA Simulation software or equivalent installed in the PC
INGINEElUNG DEPT. and capable to simulate the basic functions of a SCADA master station and
SCADA RTU using licensed IEC 60870-5-101 and IEC 60870-5-104 protocols.
32. The necessary documentation of all works done in this project shall be submitted to
DlSlFP~ SEC. All SCADA documentation, drafting, and drawings shall comply with the SEC
201l-10~4
drafting standards specified in the main Scope of Work and provided both in soft and
hard copies.
OPERATING DEPT.
IV. STANDARDS
DATE= 2011-10-04
1. 01-TMSS-01, Rev. 1, General Requirements for All EquipmenUMaterials
APPENDIX IX TO SUBSTATION MAIN SOW-TS PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
Power Factor Correction in Hail
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 7
SEC-COA Saudi Arabia C494 A 11CM010 of7 o
ATTACHMENT 1
List of Substations Under PTS-11 CM01 0
Power Factor Correction in Hail
01 8901
02 8902
03 8903
04 8904
05 8911
06 8914
07 8915
08 8918
09 8922
10 8077 in Quwayah
11 7780
12 7782
APPENDIX -X
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This APPENDIX establishes the scope and schedule of WORK and
means of initiating the WORK to be performed by CONTRACTOR and
describes or references the specifications, instructions, standards and
other documents including the specifications for any materials that
CONTRACTOR shall satisfy or adhere to in the performance of the
WORK.
None
APPENDIX -X OF PT5-11CM010
APPENDIX -X OF PTS-llCM010
..J ~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
APPENDIX -x OF PTS-11CM010
I 3.1.6
examples
3.1.9 CONTRACTOR shall submit its detailed training action plan during
the Bid Phase of the contract for COMPANY approval. The final
approval of training program will be after the final approval of all
new equipment/system provided under this contract.
APPENDIX -x OF PTS-11CM010
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
3.1.16 CONTRACTOR shall furnish One (01) complete set of course
materials (hard copies) to each trainee, which will include, but not
PREPAREDlY: n limited to the following:
DATE: ..Y a. All handouts
CBK'DBY:
b. Student Textbooks
J c. Workbooks
APPENDIX-X OF PTS-11CM010
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
i
CONTRACTOR's customized training course(s) shall cover topics that are
applicable to Saudi Electricity Company's Department's activities, but not
limited to, the following:
APPENDIX -X OF PTS-llCM010
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
i 3.2.11
protocols/programs as it relates to the master station's data base
and communication requirements.
REVISIONS
3.2.12 All items mentioned above applicable to the equipmenVsystem to
be installed under this contract found in SOW/PTS.
PREPARED BY: -rT--i
DATE:
,.jI 3.3 Practical Training (In-Factory, Out-of-Kingdom)
CHK'DBY= I
CONTRACTOR's customized practical training shall include, but not limited
to, the following:
APPIlOVED
3.3.1 Locate on actual equipment individual key equipment items of the
equipmenVsystem along with individual equipment sub-assemblies
and modules used in each key equipment item as part of an actual
equipment installation.
APPENDIX -X OF PTSllCM010
PLANT NO. INOEX DOCUMENT NO. AGE NO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTIONIN HAIL 1----1---1----+---+---1
APPENDlX-X 7
JOB ORDERNO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS
OF o
11CM010
17
f
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
IS
3.3.7 Understand the operation of fault indicators on "off-line" equipment
and demonstrate through simulation on "off-line" system the activity
of each fault indicator on the equipmenVsystem as well as any
interrelationship between fault indicators.
APTROVED
3.3.10 Demonstrate testing of the equipment utiliZing computer aided
digital file to verify system performance of all equipment to be
installed under this contract and found in SOW/PTS for the subject
project.
3.3.12 Demonstrate retrieving event data from the equipment file and
retest the equipment using the same data to operate the
computerized test equipment to evaluate the overall equlpment
performance.
3.3.13 Demonstrate Hands on Training on maintenance and diagnosis of
equipment problems including performance of all electrical tests
DATE: required during routine and corrective maintenance.
3.3.14 Understand the assembly and disassembly procedure of
equipment.
3.3.15 Test and troubleshoot equipment accessories including, but not
limited to, temperature gauges, Buchholtz relay, sudden pressure
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR relief valve, cooling system etc, as applicable.
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
CERTIFIED AND DATED
UNTIL 3.3.16 Demonstrate all electrical tests for the equipmenVs required for
commissioning and diagnosis.
3.3.18 All items mentioned above applicable to the equipment installed by the
CONTRACTOR under the contract and found in SOW/PTS for the
subject project.
i
3.4 ON-JOB TRAINING (ON PROJECT-SITE, IN-KINGDOM)
4.1.6 The actual number of training days will be dependent on the COMPANY
approved training plan submitted by the CONTRACTOR.
4.1.7 CONTRACTOR, in his Bid Price for Training, shall provide the "per day"
increase or decrease in cost (from the overall training package price) for
increased or decreased number of training days, respectively.
4.1.8 CONTRACTOR's detailed training shall include, but not limited to, items
such as duties, tasks, number of training days and sessions per task,
training locations and methods, equipment modules and testing/training
BY: aids needed for the documentation and recording of training program.
DATE:
APPENDIX -x OF PTS-11CM010
4.1.17 CONTRACTOR shall determine the most suitable location for training
phase within the eqUipment factory facilities and its specific activities
before the actual training begins. COMPANY reserves the right to
approve or reject CONTRACTOR's recommended training location.
4.1.18 COMPANY shall approve the designated facilities for each respective
training course as applicable at least Four (04) weeks prior to the start of
that actual training course to ensure that all teaching aids, materials,
tools and equipment are functioning as per course requirements and to
the satisfaction of COMPANY.
BY: I
DAlE:
4.1.19 The training shall be conducted in accordance with the Training Program
approved by COMPANY for system and related equipment supplied by
CONTRACTOR under this contract.
APPENDIX -x OF PTS11CM010
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACTOR shall conduct the training course(s) for equipment/s and related
4.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall tailor the curriculum for the theoretical and
practical training courses to meet COMPANY's requirements and
specifications.
BY:
J I
4.3.4 CONTRACTOR shall issue individual completion certificates to all
participants completing the theoretical and practical training courses,
DAlE: J respectively.
TIIIS DOCUMENT IS 4.3.6 CONTRACTOR shall conduct the theoretical and practical In-Factory
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
training by the original supplier for the equipment/system installed under
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
this contract.
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX -x OF PTS-11CM010
PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. PAGE NO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION IN HAIL 1-----1f--+----+---+--f
APPENDIX-X 12
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS
OF o
11CM010
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4.3.7 CONTRACTOR shall submit Two (02)-sets (hard and soft copies) of all
detailed documentation related to proposed equipment and related
equipment at least Sixty (60) days prior to shipment of the proposed
equipment for approval and shall include, but not limited to, the
following:
a. General Layout Drawings
APPROVED
5 CONTRACTOR's MANPOWER AND QUALIFICATIONS
APPENDIX -x OF PTS11CM010
PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. ~AGENO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION IN HAIL 1---+---+------1---+--1
APPENDlXX 13
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS
OF o
11CM010
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
I 6.
trainer(s) I writer(s) / developer(s) who does not meet the required
qualifications and CONTRACTOR shall immediately replace such
instructor(s)/trainer(s)/writer(s)/ developer(s) with an acceptable one.
CERTIFICATION
DATE, ;.,.(-+t---I 6.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that participant technicians fully understand
CHK'DBY, 1_---1
...
and perform related tasks by themselves.
6.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that participants meet all the requirements of
APPROVED
the coursers).
6.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide a full, complete and detailed summary of all
the required detailed tasks and duties covered under the certification
training coursefor each participant on both phases, theoretical and practical.
DATE:
6.7 COMPANY reserves the right to select participants for the certification
training coursers) from any COMPANY department and/or operating area.
TlDS DOCUMENT IS 7.1 COMPANY reserves the right to assign a COMPANY employee to monitor
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
and track training participants' progress and program implementation
FOR
MATERIAlS
ORDERING
lJNTlL
through classroom/on-site visits at any time and at any stage of the
CERTD'IED AND DATED implementation of any training course.
APPENDIX -X OF PTS-11CM010
PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. ~AGENO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----+---+-----1---+--1
APPENDlXX 14
JOB ORDERNO, HAIL SAUDIARABIA C494 A PTS OF o
11CM010
17
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
8.1 CONTRACTOR shall comply with all the safety and loss prevention
requirements of the COMPANY relative to work permits and safe working
procedures at In-Factory (Out - of Kingdom) or on Project Site (In-
Kingdom) installation and commissioning of the new and related equipment
under this contract.
8.3 COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall assign Two (02) Safety Engineers at
site for supervising and monitoring the safety aspects of the WORK being
JJa\III]!;!! performed by CONTRACTOR personnel.
BY:
J I
8.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide its personnel and COMPANY participants
with all required Safety Gear during the entire performance of this contract
DATE: including, but not limited to, hard hats, safety shoes, gloves, and ear
protection during the In-Factory (Out-of-Kingdom) training.
8.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide its personnel with all required Safety Gear
during the entire performance of this contract including, but not limited to,
hard hats, safety shoes, gloves, and ear protection on the project site (In-
THIS DOCUMENT IS Kingdom) during the installation/construction period of this project under
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR this contract.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
APPENDIX-X OF PTS-llCM010
PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENTNO. AGE NO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION IN HAIL 1----1--+----+---+--1
APPENDIX-X 15
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA PTS OF 0
C494 A llCM010
17
o
1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
9. TRAVELING REQUIREMENTS
REVISIONS 9.1. For the airfare transportation requirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide
for either lATA (International Air Transport Association) standard lATA
PREPAllEDBY, f1 standard economy class roundtrip airfare tickets from King Khalid
DATE:
;,,4 International Airport at Riyadh / Saudi Arabia to the "Out-of-Kingdom"
CHK'DBY: I activities locations
I
BY:
9.5. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing local ground/airfare
DATE:
transportation to CONTRACTOR's participating personnel to/from COA
(Saudi Arabia) regardless of the travel frequency; local transportation
to/from the designated work sites (In-KingdomlOut-of-Kingdom) lodging, all
meals, health insurance and medical coverage and all other expenses for
CONTRACTOR's staff while residing in Saudi Arabia during the
installation/construction period.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCf]ON OR
9.6. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all VISAs and licenses required
FOR ORDERING and all expenses/fees incurred by CONTRACTOR's staff in coming to and
MATERIALS VNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED departing from Saudi Arabia.
APPENDIX -X OF PTS-llCM010
i
REVISIONS
PREl'AREDBY, f)
DATE'-"l"I..d'f-_-I
CIIK'D BY' -11'----1
J
BY, --"r----I
DATE:
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI10N OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTlL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
APPENDIX -x OF PT5-11CMOl0
PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. AGE NO. REV.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION IN HAIL 1---+---+------+---1---1
APPENDlX-X 17
JOB ORDER NO. HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A
PTS
OF o
11CM010
17
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
ATTACHMENT I
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
REVISIONS
FOR
PREPAREDBY: /"I
DAn:, ~=---1
CIIK'DBY: I
+----1
PTS-11 CM01 0
ATTACHMENT- I -APPENDIX - X
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. APPENDIX-X 1
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS-11CM010 OF o
2
1
I I
ATTACHMENT -I
e SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY J'I,o.)fS.ll ~."...JI J.s~1
~<
z
1. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 33kV & 13.8kV CAPACITOR, REACTORS
0
AND DE-TUNING REACTORS
E
O!
~ In-Factory training (Out-of-Kingdom) shall be provided to FIVE (5) COMPANY
employees for Capacitors, Reactors and De-tuning reactors.
The duration for the In-Factory training shall be for two (2) weeks on dates mutually
agreeable between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
g ~ .. -
REVISIONS Certification Training shall be provided to the above FIVE (5) COMPANY employees
to troubleshoot, operate, engineer and maintain CONTRACTOR'S equipment.
PIlEPAllEDBY:
~
In-Factory training (Out-of-Kingdom) shall be provided to FIVE (5) COMPANY
employees.
Certification Training shall be provided to the above FIVE (5) COMPANY employees
to troubleshoot, operate, engineer and maintain CONTRACTOR'S equipment.
The duration for the In-Factory training shall be for two (2) weeks on dates mutually
agreeable between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
lJIIIII!lllI!
Certification Training shall be provided to the above FIVE (5) COMPANY
employees to troubleshoot, operate, engineer and maintain CONTRACTOR'S
BY:
equipment.
DATE-
ATTACHMENT- I -APPENDIX - X
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER FACTOR PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDlXX 2
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PTS11CM010 OF 0
2
JI....----_
1
APPENDIX -XI
(NOT APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX -XII
{NOT APPLICABLEl
APPENDIX -XIII
I APPENDIX-XIII
REVISIONS
PTS-11 CM01 0
APPENDIX-XIII
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS FOR POWER PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-XIII 1
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PT5-11CM010 OF o
2
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
One (1) set of Special Tools for each type of Switchgear supplied for each
Substation included in the SOW & TS.
TWO (2) Nos. of Capacitance bridges shall be provided as a special tool in the
SOW&TS.
.,;
z
REVISIONS """END OF APPENDIX-XIII"""
PREPARED'Y, --j'J7_-t
DATE: -Ii.
CBK'DBY, ,LI_--t
JD.IIIlI:I!
DATE~
BY, /
APPENDIX-XIII
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS FOR POWER PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.
FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. APPENDIX-XIII 2
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA C494 A PT5-11CM010 OF 0
2
EXHIBIT I
Contractor: B. I. No.
SCHEDULE OF ASSET IDENTIFICATION J.O.No.
Contract No. Wark Description: J.O. Title
Work Location: Date
Contractor Representative